Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic & Manual System
        • A/C Service Specifications
        • A/C Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence Specifications
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
        • Disc Brakes Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Adjustment
        • Drive Belt Specifications & Procedures
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Engine Cooling Specifications
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Compression
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis & Testing
      • Overhaul
      • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Fuel Filter
    • Ignition System
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Firing Order Specification
      • High Tension Wires
        • Ignition High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
      • Ignition Timing
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting System
      • Starter
        • Starter Motor Service Applications
        • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Torque
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L80-E/4L85-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Door, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 8.1 L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic - Rear DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Damping DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transfer Case (BW 4482-Nr4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 236/246-NP8) DTCS
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) - C1 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)- C2 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Precharge Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • I/P Harness to Brake/Clutch Harness (C202) (w/o JF4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (10 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (20 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • YAW And Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C1
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C2
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP205
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP206
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP207
        • Connector End View Of Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Connector End View Of Rear Window Washer Pump
        • Connector End View Of Washer Fluid Level Sensors
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Wiper Motor Module
        • Connector End View Of Window Wiper Module - Rear
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Lift Gate, Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C5 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (1 Of 2)
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (2 Of 2)
        • At In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View
        • Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) ECU Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 ConnectorEnd View (UQ7 w/o Y91)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (1 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (2 Of 2)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly Connector End View
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker - LF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • speaker - LF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Driver Door Module (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - LR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AN3) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/O2) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Bezel Lamp (Y91) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Driver (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Passenger (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Avalanche & Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Except Avalanche And Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamps (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Mid Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear (Tahoe & Yukon Only) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - C - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - D - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Body Rear (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C2 Connector End View
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Left (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Right (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tall/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - RR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C4 (W/K34) Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector - Heavy Duty Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn-Right-High Note Connector End View
        • Horn-Left-Low Note Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (Part of Overhead Console)
        • Cruise Control On/Off Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C4 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C5 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C6 Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View & Functions - W/Z75
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Connector End View & Functions
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - L59
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon Xl/Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Secondary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View & Functions
        • C1 Module Connector End View
        • C2 Module Connector End View
        • C3 Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • C3 Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • LF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (10 Series)
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (20 Series)
        • RR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Air Flow Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module C2 Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Front Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Rear Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C3 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case - Encoder Motor Pin Connector End View
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Rear Wheel Steering Module Connector End View - C4
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Door Ajar Switch - Right Cargo Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Lift Gate Ajar Switch - Left and Right Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Diagnostic System Check - Adjustable Pedals
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3604 or B3605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Components
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Operation
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Specifications
        • Faster Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms-Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garage Door Opener Programming-Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Retained Accessory Power System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Wiring Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Retained Accessory Power
        • Diagnostic System Check-Retained Accessory Power
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms-Retained Accessory Power
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
      • Description and Operation
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Power Mode
          • Sunroof Relay (If Equipped)
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Window Wiring Schematics (Left Doors)
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics (Driver Door Lock Controls)
        • Outside Mirror Wiring Schematics (Mirror Motors and Position Sensors - Driver)
        • Door Control Module Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Multiple Inputs From A Single Switch At The Same Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motor Control Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Horizontal And/Or Vertical Position Sensor Signal(S) High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heating Element Supply Voltage Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Fold Motor Control Circuits Shorted To Ground, Shorted To Battery Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Door Lock Relay Control Circuit Is Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Door Unlock Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/ESCLD Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld E)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required, Program All Transmitters
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required, Program Individual Transmitter
          • Method 3 - Scan Tool Required, Program All Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Button
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics (Passlock Sensor Inputs and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Short To Ground On The Passlock Sensor Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: BCM Signal Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: BCM Signal Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Valid But Different Code Value Than Previously Learned Form The Passlock™ Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: BCM Does Not See A Valid Passlock™ Sensor Code
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: BCM Is Reading A Tamper Code From The Passlock™ Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: PCM Has Not Established Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: PCM Did Not Receive A Valid Password
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
            • Tools Required
            • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
          • Door Key Switch
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
          • Off State
          • Idle State
          • Disarmed State
          • Ready-To-Arm State
          • Arm Initiated State
          • Arm Delay State
          • Armed State
          • Alarmed State
          • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
          • Disarming the System
          • Deactivating the Alarm
          • Alarm State Activation
          • Return System to Arm Initiated State
          • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Rear Parking Assist System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Parking Assist Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Parking Assist Component Views
        • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Object Alarm Module Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Alarm Detection Module Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Alarm Detection Module Replacement (EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Parking Assist Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Body Control System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Body Control System Schematics (Power, Ground and Serial Data - 1 of 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Body Control System Component Views
        • Body Control System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Control System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1000: Internal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001: Restraints ID Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004: KAM In The Module Has Been Reset
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007: EEPROM Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009: EEPROM Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1440: Monitored Ignition Switch Circuits Has Malfunctioned
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0550: Internal Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Control System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • Setup New Body Control Module (BCM)
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Functions
          • Serial Data Power Mode
          • Fail-safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
    • Data Link Communications System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Data Link Communications Schematic Icons
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Link Communications Component Views
        • Data Link Communications Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Link Communications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC U1000 and U1255: Node Alive Message Has Not Been Received From An Unidentified Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001 to U1254: Module U1XXX Communication
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305: No Valid Messages Are Detected On Class 2 Serial Data Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Data Link Communications
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Wiring Schematics (Power, Cruise Control Switch, and Stop Lamp Feed)
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Diagnostic System Check - Cruise Control
        • Description
        • Test Description
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengaged History)
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC P0567: Resume/Accel Switch Is Applied For Longer Than 90 Seconds
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0567: Set/Coast Switch Is On For Longer Than 90 Seconds
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1574: TCC Brake Transition Without Stop Lamp Switch Transition
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Indicator Always On
      • Cruise Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test description
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • OnStar Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In Cellular Microphone Low Reference Circuit, Or Short To Voltage In Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: VCIM Does Not Detect The Presence Of The Cellular Antenna
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Button Is Pressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: VCIM Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Navigation and Cellular Telephone Antenna
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement (Pick-Up)
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
          • Personal Calling Commands
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base/Uplevel Radio - UQ3/UQ5)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Premium Radio - UQ7 w/o Y91)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Luxury Radio - UQ7 w/ Y91)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1235
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
          • Mast Antennas
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
          • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
          • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/UM8)
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/O UM8)
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/UM8)
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Information
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO UM8
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Without RPO UQ7
            • Overview
            • Front Speakers Inoperative
            • Rear Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO UQ7
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Audio Amplifier Setup
        • Radio Setup
          • Radio Theft Procedure
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Radio Antenna Diversity
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio (Early)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (From Radio to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Primary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Extension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (Subwoofer Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front (Windshield Pillar Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Pillar (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Diversity Antenna System
            • Notes
            • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
            • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
            • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
          • Remote Playback Device
          • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
          • RDS Basic Information
          • Displaying Program Information
          • Controlling the Radio
          • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
          • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
          • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
          • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
          • DVD Player
          • DVD Player Buttons
          • Playing a Disc
          • Stopping and Resuming Play
          • Ejecting the Disc
          • DVD Messages
          • Parental Control Button
          • Video Screen
          • Remote Control
          • Remote Control Buttons
          • Battery Replacement
          • Wireless Headphones
          • Stereo RCA Jacks
          • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (LED Dimming Supply Voltage - 1 of 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (PTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Headlamp ON Indicator Control Circuit Open, Shorted To Ground, Or Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIUDTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Inadvertent Power Supply Voltage Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Low Beam Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: High Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: DRL Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Instrument Panel Lamps Dimming Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Courtesy Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: I/P Dimmer Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Instrument Panel Lamps Dimming Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Headlamp Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cargo Lamp Always On
        • Cargo Lamp Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Except Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (HID)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
        • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Except Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Headlamps
            • High Beams
            • Low Beams (Except Escalade with High Intensity Discharge (HID))
            • Low Beams (Escalade w/HID)
            • Low Voltage Operation of HID Headlamps
            • Electrical System Requirements with HID
            • Run Up Of The HID Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color (w/HID)
            • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
            • Fog Lamps
            • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
            • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
            • Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
            • Stop Lamps
            • Backup Lamps
            • Clearance Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Vanity Lamps
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Lamps
            • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
            • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data)
        • Driver Information System Schematics (Analog Clock - Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Difference Of At Least 75% Between Ignition 1 Voltage Circuit And IPC Battery Positive Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input Is Active And The Key In Ignition Switch Signal Circuit Is Inactive
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: No Change In Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066: No Change In The Secondary Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067: Secondary Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068: Secondary Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Expect Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (with Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Lux Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Eng Oil Level
          • Check Eng Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Speed Limited To XXX Mph
          • Shift Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Feature Programming
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-ln-lgnition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (LED Dimming Supply Voltage - 1 of 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (PTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Headlamp ON Indicator Control Circuit Open, Shorted To Ground, Or Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIUDTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Inadvertent Power Supply Voltage Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Low Beam Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: High Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: DRL Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Instrument Panel Lamps Dimming Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Courtesy Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: I/P Dimmer Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Instrument Panel Lamps Dimming Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Headlamp Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cargo Lamp Always On
        • Cargo Lamp Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Except Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (HID)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
        • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Except Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Headlamps
            • High Beams
            • Low Beams (Except Escalade with High Intensity Discharge (HID))
            • Low Beams (Escalade w/HID)
            • Low Voltage Operation of HID Headlamps
            • Electrical System Requirements with HID
            • Run Up Of The HID Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color (w/HID)
            • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
            • Fog Lamps
            • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
            • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
            • Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
            • Stop Lamps
            • Backup Lamps
            • Clearance Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Vanity Lamps
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Lamps
            • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
            • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger schematics (Rear Window Defogger Control)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics (Power, Outside Air Temp, and Light Sensors)
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Defogger Relay Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Operation Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Faster Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horns Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check-Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Short To Ground Or An Open In The Horn Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms-Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative-One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns-Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement-Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement-Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks In Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed In Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise In Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • OnStar Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Diagnostic System Check - Cellular Communication
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2455: Open In Cellular Microphone Low Reference Circuit, Or Short To Voltage In Cellular Microphone Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470: VCIM Does Not Detect The Presence Of The Cellular Antenna
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476: Keypad Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482: Button Is Pressed Or Stuck For More Than 15 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484: VCIM Does Not Detect A Navigation Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1500: VCIM Detects An Internal Communication Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Navigation and Cellular Telephone Antenna
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Button Assembly Replacement (Pick-Up)
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
          • Personal Calling Commands
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Base/Uplevel Radio - UQ3/UQ5)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Premium Radio - UQ7 w/o Y91)
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics (Luxury Radio - UQ7 w/ Y91)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
        • Video System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1235
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action taken when the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2815
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
          • Mast Antennas
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
          • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
          • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
        • Remote Playback Device Inoperative
        • Remote Playback Device - Audio Noise
        • Remote Playback Device Left or Right Channel Inoperative
        • Radio Displays LOC, LOCKED, or CODE
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CLN or CLEAN (W/UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/O UM8)
        • Radio Displays CAL or CAL ERR (W/UM8)
        • Tape Player Weak, Slow, or Garbled Output
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/O UM8)
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers (W/UM8)
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Information
          • All Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO UM8
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Without RPO UQ7
            • Overview
            • Front Speakers Inoperative
            • Rear Speakers Inoperative
          • With RPO UQ7
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Video or Audio Distortion
          • Video Entertainment System Wireless Headphone Inoperative
          • Video Entertainment System Remote Control Inoperative
        • Video Entertainment System Inoperative
        • Radio Audio Inoperative at Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Control
        • Audio Amplifier Setup
        • Radio Setup
          • Radio Theft Procedure
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Audio Control Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Player Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Radio Antenna Diversity
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio (Early)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Extension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radio Antenna Module Cable Replacement (From Radio to Module)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Primary)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio (Extension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Floor Console (Subwoofer Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front (Windshield Pillar Speaker)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Side Door Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Pillar (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DVD Player Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
          • Diversity Antenna System
            • Notes
            • Poor Reception on Both AM and FM Bands
            • Poor Reception on AM Band Only
            • Poor Reception on FM Band Only
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
          • Integral Multi Disc CD Changer (IMDX)
          • Remote Playback Device
          • Remote CD Changer (CDX)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
          • RDS Basic Information
          • Displaying Program Information
          • Controlling the Radio
          • Viewing and Selecting RDS Information for Display
          • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
          • Alternate Frequency (AF) Switching
          • RDS Clock Time
          • Radio Error Messages
          • Voice Recorder
          • Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
        • Video Entertainment System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Rear Seat Entertainment System
          • DVD Player
          • DVD Player Buttons
          • Playing a Disc
          • Stopping and Resuming Play
          • Ejecting the Disc
          • DVD Messages
          • Parental Control Button
          • Video Screen
          • Remote Control
          • Remote Control Buttons
          • Battery Replacement
          • Wireless Headphones
          • Stereo RCA Jacks
          • Audio Output
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Navigation Systems
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Diagnostic System Check - Navigation System
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0001: Vehicle Speed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462: Open In The GPS Antenna
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • GPS Reception
          • Route Guidance
          • Point of Interest (POI)
          • Map DVD
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Cab
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Box
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (W/SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - End Gate (W/O SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Avalanche)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Side Door Lower (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Front (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side Lower Rear (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Rear (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (Avalanche/EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Application Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data)
        • Driver Information System Schematics (Analog Clock - Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Difference Of At Least 75% Between Ignition 1 Voltage Circuit And IPC Battery Positive Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input Is Active And The Key In Ignition Switch Signal Circuit Is Inactive
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: No Change In Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066: No Change In The Secondary Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067: Secondary Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068: Secondary Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Expect Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (with Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Lux Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Eng Oil Level
          • Check Eng Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Speed Limited To XXX Mph
          • Shift Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Feature Programming
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-ln-lgnition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Avalanche/Escalade Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics (LED Dimming Supply Voltage - 1 of 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Diagnostic System Check - Lighting Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Data
          • Inputs
          • Outputs
          • Output Control
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (PTC) List
        • DTC B0951: Headlamp ON Indicator Control Circuit Open, Shorted To Ground, Or Shorted To Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIUDTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1480: Inadvertent Power Supply Voltage Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2527: Front Fog Lamp Switch Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530: Front Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2540: Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2550: Backup Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2575: Headlamp Low Beam Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2580: High Beam Headlamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2585: Park Lamp Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2600: DRL Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2610: Instrument Panel Lamps Dimming Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2615: Courtesy Lamp Supply Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2620: I/P Dimmer Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2625: Instrument Panel Lamps Dimming Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2645: Ambient Light Sensor Signal Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3801: Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3802: Headlamp Switch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Cargo Lamp Always On
        • Cargo Lamp Inoperative
        • Clearance Lamps Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Always On
        • Headlamp Switch On Indicator Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Except Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Escalade)
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low and High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Always On
        • Park, License, and Tail Lamps Inoperative
        • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stop Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lamp Switch Assembly Replacement - Front Fog Lamp and Cargo Lamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Exterior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp/Reflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb Replacement (HID)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Cadillac)
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Except Cadillac)
          • Notes
          • Screen Method for Headlamp Aiming (Visual Aim)
        • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Alternate Aiming Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Except Z71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running and Fog Lamp Assembly Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Notes
          • Preparation Procedure
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Rear Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Except Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement (W/Step Bumper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Headlamps
            • High Beams
            • Low Beams (Except Escalade with High Intensity Discharge (HID))
            • Low Beams (Escalade w/HID)
            • Low Voltage Operation of HID Headlamps
            • Electrical System Requirements with HID
            • Run Up Of The HID Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color (w/HID)
            • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
            • Fog Lamps
            • Park, Tail and Marker Lamps
            • Exterior Courtesy Lamps
            • Turn Signal/Hazard Lamps
            • Stop Lamps
            • Backup Lamps
            • Clearance Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
            • Notes
            • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
            • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
            • Vanity Lamps
            • I/P Compartment Lamp
            • Reading Lamps
            • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
            • Interior Lamps Dimming
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Memory Modules
    • Adjustable Pedal System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Adjustable Pedals Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Adjustable Pedals Component Views
        • Adjustable Pedals Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Adjustable Pedals
        • Diagnostic System Check - Adjustable Pedals
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3604 or B3605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3606
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Adjustable Pedals
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Adjustable Pedals Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adjustable Pedals Description and Operation
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Components
          • Electric Adjustable Pedals (EAP) System Operation
    • Personalization System
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programmable Automatic Door Locks (If Equipped)
          • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat Programming
          • Easy Exit Seat Programming
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center
            • Notes
            • Automatic Locking/Automatic Unlocking
            • Remote Activation Verification
            • Headlamp Delay
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Seat Position Recall
            • Easy Exit Seat
            • Curb View Assist
            • Alarm Warning Type
            • Display Language
            • Display Units (ENG/MET)
            • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Window Wiring Schematics (Left Doors)
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics (Driver Door Lock Controls)
        • Outside Mirror Wiring Schematics (Mirror Motors and Position Sensors - Driver)
        • Door Control Module Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Multiple Inputs From A Single Switch At The Same Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motor Control Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Horizontal And/Or Vertical Position Sensor Signal(S) High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heating Element Supply Voltage Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Fold Motor Control Circuits Shorted To Ground, Shorted To Battery Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Door Lock Relay Control Circuit Is Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Door Unlock Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/ESCLD Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld E)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger schematics (Rear Window Defogger Control)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics (Power, Outside Air Temp, and Light Sensors)
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Defogger Relay Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Operation Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Seats Wiring Schematics (Driver Seats Controls - W/AG2
        • Lumbar Support Wiring Schematics
        • Heated Seats Wiring Schematics (Heated Seat Controls - Driver)
        • Memory Seats Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, Class 2, and Memory Set Controls)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
          • Passenger Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945: Seat Adjuster Switch Input To Driver Seat Module Active For More Than 60 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Motor Control Circuit Shorted To Ground, Battery Positive Voltage, Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1825: Recline Motor Position Sensor Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1850, B1860, B1960, B2355, B2365, or B2375: No Position Sensor Movement Detected During Adjuster Motor Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Heater Element Control Circuit Short To Voltage, Short To Ground, Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Heated Seat Sensor Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3941: Seat Heater Element Voltage Supply Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3962: Motor Control Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with Memory)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replace - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Non-Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Folding)
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (50/50 Split - 60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Release Cable Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2 - 50-50
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Front Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Rear Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Components
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Front)
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Rear)
          • Rear Heated Seat Components
          • Rear Heated Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks In Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed In Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise In Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Window Wiring Schematics (Left Doors)
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics (Driver Door Lock Controls)
        • Outside Mirror Wiring Schematics (Mirror Motors and Position Sensors - Driver)
        • Door Control Module Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Multiple Inputs From A Single Switch At The Same Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motor Control Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Horizontal And/Or Vertical Position Sensor Signal(S) High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heating Element Supply Voltage Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Fold Motor Control Circuits Shorted To Ground, Shorted To Battery Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Door Lock Relay Control Circuit Is Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Door Unlock Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/ESCLD Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld E)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger schematics (Rear Window Defogger Control)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics (Power, Outside Air Temp, and Light Sensors)
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Defogger Relay Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Operation Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washer Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Always On - Rear
        • Wiper Inoperative - Rear
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Pump/Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Arm Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blade Element Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper/Washer Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Rear Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Rear Wiper/Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Window Wiring Schematics (Left Doors)
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics (Driver Door Lock Controls)
        • Outside Mirror Wiring Schematics (Mirror Motors and Position Sensors - Driver)
        • Door Control Module Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Multiple Inputs From A Single Switch At The Same Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motor Control Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Horizontal And/Or Vertical Position Sensor Signal(S) High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heating Element Supply Voltage Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Fold Motor Control Circuits Shorted To Ground, Shorted To Battery Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Door Lock Relay Control Circuit Is Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Door Unlock Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/ESCLD Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld E)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Diagnostic System Check - Remote Keyless Entry
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Synchronization
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - No Tools Required, Program All Transmitters
          • Method 2 - Scan Tool Required, Program Individual Transmitter
          • Method 3 - Scan Tool Required, Program All Transmitters
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Button
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics (Passlock Sensor Inputs and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Diagnostic System Check - Theft Deterrent
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2947: Short To Ground On The Passlock Sensor Power Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2948: Security Sensor Signal Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2957: BCM Signal Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2958: BCM Signal Input Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2960: Valid But Different Code Value Than Previously Learned Form The Passlock™ Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031: BCM Does Not See A Valid Passlock™ Sensor Code
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3033: BCM Is Reading A Tamper Code From The Passlock™ Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1626: PCM Has Not Established Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1631: PCM Did Not Receive A Valid Password
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Always On or Flashing
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Programming Replacement Passlock™ Sensor, BCM, or PCM
          • Conditions
          • Learn Procedures
          • 10 Minute Learn Procedure
            • Tools Required
            • 30 Minute Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Theft System Description and Operation
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Theft Lock Radio (if applicable)
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) System
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Door Latch (Door Jamb) Switches
          • Door Key Switch
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Module System
          • Off State
          • Idle State
          • Disarmed State
          • Ready-To-Arm State
          • Arm Initiated State
          • Arm Delay State
          • Armed State
          • Alarmed State
          • Remote Panic Alarm/Vehicle Locator State
          • Locking the Vehicle Without Arming the System
          • Disarming the System
          • Deactivating the Alarm
          • Alarm State Activation
          • Return System to Arm Initiated State
          • Ignition Switch Disarm Function
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Passlock™ System
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder and Housing
          • Ignition Switch
          • Passlock™ Sensor
          • Body Control Module
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Vehicle/Powertrain Control Module
          • Fuel Lockout Cycle
          • Changing the Passlock™ Components
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Support Replacement - Radiator Grille Reinforcement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front - Left (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front - Right (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Bar Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mounting Bracket Replacement - Air Cleaner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Cargo Area Water Management System Identification
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Diagnostic System Check - Body Rear End
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Cargo Door Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Cargo Door Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Latch Replacement - Removable Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Removable Rear - Mid Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Removable Rear Panel - Mid Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Body Side Rear Quarter Drain (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Front Gutter Side Drain Replacement - A Cup
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Rear Gutter Side Drain Replacement - B Cup
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Box Gutter Side Drain Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Drain Valve Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Drain Valve Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Mid-Gate Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Body Opening Frame Load Floor Grate Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Trim Plate Replacement - Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Protector Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Inner Panel Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Rear
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Lift Gate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • End Gate Adjustment
        • End Gate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Cargo Door - Upper Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Cargo Door - Lower Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Tethered - Cargo Storage
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Mid Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Lift Gate Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Cargo Box Stowage Box (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Box Replacement - Cargo Stowage (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lid Replacement - Cargo Box Stowage Box (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Rod and Outside Handle Replace - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Control Handle Replacement - Left Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - End Gate (Utilities)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linkage Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - End Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Door Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Door (Cargo Door Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Door (Cargo Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Door (Lift Gate)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Lock Striker Replacement - End Gate (Tahoe/Yukon Adjustment)
        • Lock Striker Replacement - End Gate (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Striker Replacement - Body Mounted Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door (Cargo Door)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - End Gate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grate Replacement - Load Floor Water Management (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - End Gate (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Mid Gate - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Mid Gate - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cargo Door Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Cargo Area Water Flow Direction and Cleaning of the Drains
          • Cargo Panels Drain/Seal - Cleaning
          • Top Drain Grates - Cleaning
          • Side Rail Channels - Cleaning
          • Mid Gate Drain - Cleaning
          • Cargo Area Floor Drains
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Front (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Filler Replacement - Front Side (Old Style)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper (2500)
        • Bracket Replacement - Front Bumper (1500)
        • Brace Replacement - Front Bumper (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Top Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Center Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Step Pad Replacement - Side Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Cab
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Pickup Box
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Door (W/SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - End Gate (W/O SS)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Avalanche)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Fender Rear (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Body Side (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Side Door Lower (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Door Lower (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Front (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side Lower Rear (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Body Side - Lower Rear (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Outer (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Side Inner (Avalanche/EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Panel Replacement - Cargo Box Bridge Center (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Opening Flare Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Applique Replacement - Quarter Panel Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Joint
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Decal and Stripe Replacement
          • Application Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data)
        • Driver Information System Schematics (Analog Clock - Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Difference Of At Least 75% Between Ignition 1 Voltage Circuit And IPC Battery Positive Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input Is Active And The Key In Ignition Switch Signal Circuit Is Inactive
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: No Change In Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066: No Change In The Secondary Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067: Secondary Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068: Secondary Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Expect Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (with Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Lux Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Eng Oil Level
          • Check Eng Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Speed Limited To XXX Mph
          • Shift Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Feature Programming
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-ln-lgnition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
          • Notes
          • How to Use this Product
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement - Lift Gate
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
          • Notes
          • Drying Method
        • Carpet Replacement (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coat Hook Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Avalanche/Escalade Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Upper (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Corner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Door Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Third Pillar (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Left (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Utility)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter - Right (Suburban)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Suburban/Yukon XL 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche 2WD & 4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (1500 Yukon/Tahoe/Escalade 2WD/4WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (2500 Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche 2WD)
        • Dimensions - Frame (2500 Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche 4WD)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Checking Frame Alignment
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Cushion or Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailer Hitch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement (25/35 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Denali/Escalade)
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Step Replacement (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Damaged Cage Nut Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Datum Description
        • Centerline Description
          • Plane
          • Length
        • Vertical Body Zero Line
        • Frame Reference Point Description
        • Frame Control Hole Description
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Symmetrical
        • Frame Reference Point Description - Asymmetrical
        • Minimizing Frame Service Description
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
        • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks In Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed In Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise In Steering Column
        • High Shift Effort
        • Looseness In Steering Column
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Column Shift)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Lever Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Window Wiring Schematics (Left Doors)
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics (Driver Door Lock Controls)
        • Outside Mirror Wiring Schematics (Mirror Motors and Position Sensors - Driver)
        • Door Control Module Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Multiple Inputs From A Single Switch At The Same Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motor Control Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Horizontal And/Or Vertical Position Sensor Signal(S) High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heating Element Supply Voltage Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Fold Motor Control Circuits Shorted To Ground, Shorted To Battery Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Door Lock Relay Control Circuit Is Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Door Unlock Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/ESCLD Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld E)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger schematics (Rear Window Defogger Control)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics (Power, Outside Air Temp, and Light Sensors)
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Defogger Relay Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Operation Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Seats Wiring Schematics (Driver Seats Controls - W/AG2
        • Lumbar Support Wiring Schematics
        • Heated Seats Wiring Schematics (Heated Seat Controls - Driver)
        • Memory Seats Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, Class 2, and Memory Set Controls)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Seat Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Driver Seat Module
          • Driver Door Module
          • Passenger Door Module
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, B1820, B1830, B1835, B1840, B1845, B1940, or B1945: Seat Adjuster Switch Input To Driver Seat Module Active For More Than 60 Seconds
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1770, B1775, B1780, B1785, B1790, B1805, or B2415: Motor Control Circuit Shorted To Ground, Battery Positive Voltage, Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1825: Recline Motor Position Sensor Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1850, B1860, B1960, B2355, B2365, or B2375: No Position Sensor Movement Detected During Adjuster Motor Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2425 or B2430: Heater Element Control Circuit Short To Voltage, Short To Ground, Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2435 or B2440: Heated Seat Sensor Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3941: Seat Heater Element Voltage Supply Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3962: Motor Control Circuit Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Move Forward/Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Forward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Tilt Rearward (w/o Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (with Memory)
        • Power Seat Does Not Recline (w/o Memory)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with Memory)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o Memory)
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Always On - Rear
        • Heated Seat Inoperative - Rear
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Unlock
        • Seat - Manual Adjuster Does Not Lock
        • Seat - Hard to Move Forward and Rearward
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Front Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Hinge/Recliner Mechanism Replace - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Handle Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Manual)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front (Power)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Front
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Non-Cadillac)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement (Folding)
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 1 (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (50/50 Split - 60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Rear Folding
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Heater Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (Bucket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat (60/40 Split)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Release Cable Replacement - Rear No. 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Replacement - Rear No. 2 - 50-50
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Front Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Riser Latch Assembly Replacement - Rear No. 2 (Bench Rear Latch)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Power Seat System Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Components
          • Lumbar Support/Torso Bolster System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Front)
          • Heated Seat Components
          • Heated Seat System Operation
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation (Rear)
          • Rear Heated Seat Components
          • Rear Heated Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Memory Seat System Components
          • Memory Seat System Description
          • Memory Set/Recall Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Sunroof System & Luggage Carrier
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Components Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Power Sunroof
          • Test Description
          • Symptoms - Roof
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
        • Power Sunroof Does Not Open to Express Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roof Drain Channel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Finishing Lace Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (All Except Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Avalanche)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Replacement (Z-71)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Luggage Carrier Slats Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Express Open
          • To Close
          • To Vent Open
          • Sunroof Motor
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Power Window Wiring Schematics (Left Doors)
        • Door Lock/Indicator Wiring Schematics (Driver Door Lock Controls)
        • Outside Mirror Wiring Schematics (Mirror Motors and Position Sensors - Driver)
        • Door Control Module Wiring Schematics (Power, Ground, and Class 2)
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Diagnostic System Check - Door Systems
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B1023: Multiple Inputs From A Single Switch At The Same Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1544, B1600, or B1605: Mirror Motor Control Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1580, B1590, B1610, or B1620: Horizontal And/Or Vertical Position Sensor Signal(S) High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1640 or B1645: Mirror Heating Element Supply Voltage Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1722: Mirror Fold Motor Control Circuits Shorted To Ground, Shorted To Battery Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3808: Door Lock Relay Control Circuit Is Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3809: Door Unlock Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Ground Or Open
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3819: Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3820: Left Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3821: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3822: Right Rear Power Window Up Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3823: Right Rear Power Window Down Relay Control Circuit Shorted To Battery Positive Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3824: Window Lockout Signal Circuit Is Shorted To Ground
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Down Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Front Door)
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door (Rear Door(s))
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Front Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative (Rear Door(s))
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - End Gate/Lift Gate
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Functions Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Driver
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Switch Replacement - Door Lock and Side Window - Passenger
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Handle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Upper Extension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Front Door
        • Door Hinge Pin and Bushing Replacement - Rear Door
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Body Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door - Door Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Actuator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Binding Lock Cylinders
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Front Power Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Rear Power Window (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/ESCLD Ext)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche/Escld E)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Run Channel Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door (Door Opening)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Manual
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Door Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window System Controls
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Driver Power Window Operation
          • Front Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Rear Passenger Power Window Operation
          • Express Down Operation
          • Power Window Lockout Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Door Lock System Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar And Passenger Door Ajar
        • Left Rear Door Ajar And Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Power Mirrors)
          • Power Mirror System
          • Power Mirror System Controls
          • Power Mirror System Operation
          • Memory Mirror System
            • Memory Mirror System Controls
            • Memory Mirror System Operation
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Controls
            • Mirror Tilt in Reverse Operation
          • Folding Mirror System
            • Folding Mirror System Controls
            • Folding Mirror System Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation (Heated Mirrors)
          • Heated OSRV Mirror
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Stationary Window System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger schematics (Rear Window Defogger Control)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics (Power, Outside Air Temp, and Light Sensors)
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Diagnostic System Check - Defogger
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0283: Defogger Relay Voltage Level
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/ Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window (w/o Cargo Doors)
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Temperature Displays SC or OC
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Upper Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Window Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Window Polishing
          • Minor Scratch and Abrasion Removal
          • Recommended Equipment
          • Polishing Procedure
        • Grid Line Repair
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead Wire
        • Bus Bar/Antenna Terminal Repair
        • Bus Bar Lead Terminal Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Operation Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Compass
          • Temperature Display
          • Temperature Display Update Process
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night feature, Compass/Temperature Display without OnStar®
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System With TCVS & VSES
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icon Description
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/O JL4)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/JL4)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035 or C0040: Front Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0045 or C0050: Rear Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131: Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Traction Control System (TCS) Pressure Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161: ABS/TCS Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0201: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Enable Relay Contact Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220: Left Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221 To C0227 (W/O JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222 and C0226
            • C0223 and C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221 To C0227 (W/JL4): Right Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0228: Left Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229 (W/O JL4): Simultaneous Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0229 (W/JL4): Right Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0235 To C0237 or P0609: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 and C0237
            • P0609
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P0609
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Traction Control Not Allowed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241 To C0243: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0241 and C0242
            • C0243
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 (W/O JL4): EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 (W/JL4): Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Delivered Torque
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245 (W/JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0245 (W/O JL4): EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0246 To C0254: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253 and C0254
            • C0247 and C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open/Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump/Isolation Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271 To C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0279 (W/O JL4): Powertrain Configuration Not Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0279 (W/JL4): Pre-charge Pump Circuit Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (W/O JL4): Traction Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (W/JL4): VSES Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Two wheel drive or all wheel drive vehicles
            • Four wheel drive vehicles with selectable 4 LO
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/O JL4): Lost Communications With PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/JL4): VSES Combination Sensor Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0298 or P1571: Powertrain Indicated Traction Control Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0455: Front Steering Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0472 or C0473: Steering Handwheel Speed Sensor Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - internal write / checksum malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0558: Calibration Data Not Programmed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Hydraulic Testing
          • Notes
          • Dump and Isolation Valve Testing
            • Pressure Dump Test Procedure
            • Wheel Isolation Test Procedure
          • Brake Pressure Application Testing (W/JL4)
          • TC Isolation Valve Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/o JL4)
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Pre-charge Bleed
          • Automated Bleed
        • Yaw Rate Reference Table Reset Procedure
          • Circuit Description
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pre-Charge Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (2WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (4WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Stabilitrak)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Traction Control)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/O JL4)
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • Traction Active
            • Traction Off
          • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Engine torque reduction
          • Brake pressure application
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • System Pre-Fill
          • Precharge Pump
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • VSES Sensors Initialization
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Off Indicator
          • Service Brake System Message
          • Stability System Active Message
          • Stability System Disabled Message
          • Service Stability System Message
          • Traction Active Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brakes
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description
          • Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder Fluid Reservoir
          • Hydraulic Brake Master Cylinder
          • Hydraulic Brake Pressure Balance Control System
          • Hydraulic Brake Pipes and Flexible Brake Hoses
          • Hydraulic Brake Wheel Apply Components
        • Hydraulic Brake System Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description
          • Disc Brake Pads
          • Disc Brake Rotors
          • Disc Brake Pad Hardware
          • Disc Brake Caliper Hardware
        • Disc Brake System Operation
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Description
          • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod
          • Hydraulic Brake Booster
          • Power Steering System
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Operation
        • Vacuum Brake Assist System Description
          • Brake Pedal
          • Brake Pedal Pushrod
          • Supplemental Brake Assist
          • Vacuum Brake Booster
          • Vacuum Source
          • Vacuum Source Delivery System
        • Vacuum Brake Assist System Operation
        • Vacuum Supplemental Brake Assist System Operation
          • Notes
          • Low Vacuum Mode
          • Vacuum Augment (Engine Off) Mode
        • Park Brake System Description
          • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly
          • Park Brake Cables
          • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Park Brake Apply Lever
          • Park Brake Actuator/Adjuster
          • Park Brake Shoe
        • Park Brake System Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description & Operation
          • BRAKE Warning Indicator
          • SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM Message
          • REDUCED BRAKE POWER Message
          • SERVICE BRAKE BOOSTER Message
      • Bleeding Brake System
        • Brake Bleeding Sequence
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Manual Bleeding
        • Pressure Bleeding
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
      • Service Precautions
        • Brake Bleeding Warnings, Cautions & Notes
        • Adjustments & Inspections Warnings, Cautions & Notes
        • Servicing Warnings, Cautions & Notes
        • Removal & Installation Warnings, Cautions & Notes
      • Adjustments & Inspections
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface & Wear Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Pedal PUSHROD Inspection
        • Brake Pipe & Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement & Inspection
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting & Hardware Inspection
          • Notes
          • Inspection (Front)
          • Inspection (Rear - Utility)
          • Inspection (Rear - 1500 Series Pickup)
          • Inspection (Rear - 2500/3500 Series Pickup)
        • Hydraulic Brake Assist System Noise Inspection
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
        • Park Brake Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Park Brake Shoe Adjustment - Pickup All Others
          • Park Brake Pedal Adjustment - Pickup 1500 Light Duty Without 4-Wheel Steering
          • Park Brake Shoe Adjustment - Utility
          • Disabling Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster - Pickup 1500 Light Duty Without 4-Wheel Steering
          • Enabling Park Brake Cable Automatic Adjuster - Pickup 1500 Light Duty Without 4-Wheel Steering
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral RUNOUT (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral RUNOUT (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral RUNOUT (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral RUNOUT (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral RUNOUT (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
          • Disc Brake System
          • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Park Brake System
        • General Diagnosis
          • Hydraulic Brake System
          • Park Brake System
          • Symptom List
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
          • Hydraulic Assist
          • Vacuum Assist
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
          • Disc Brake Diagnosis
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Symptom Tests
        • Brake Fluid Loss
          • 2003
          • 2004
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brakes Drag
          • 2003
          • 2004
        • Brakes Self Apply When Turning Steering Wheel
        • Brake System Noise
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Braking Action Uneven
          • Pulls To One Side
          • Front To Rear
        • Park Brake Will Not Hold Or Release
        • Service Brake Booster Indicator On
          • 2003
          • 2004 Pickup
        • Reduced Brake Power Message Displayed
          • 2003
          • 2004 Pickup
      • System Tests
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
      • Servicing
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
        • Burnishing Pads & Rotors
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Brake Caliper
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Removal (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Brake Caliper Bracket
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 Series Pickup With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 & 2500 Series Pickup Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - 3500 Series Pickup)
          • Removal (Rear - Utility With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - Utility Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 Series Pickup With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 & 2500 Series Pickup Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - 3500 Series Pickup)
          • Installation (Rear - Utility With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - Utility Without 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Brake Hose
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - Caliper)
          • Removal (Rear - Jounce)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - Caliper)
          • Installation (Rear - Jounce)
        • Brake Pads
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - 1500 Series Pickup Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - All Pickup Except 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - Utility)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - All Pickup Except 1500 Series Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - Utility)
        • Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Brake Pipe
          • Notes
          • Removal
        • Brake Rotor
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear - All With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Rear - Pickup With Dual Wheels)
          • Removal (Rear - Without Dual Wheels & 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear - All With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - Except Dual Wheels & 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Rear - Dual Wheels)
        • Combination Valve
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Disc Brake Hardware
          • Notes
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Rear)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Rear)
        • Front Disc Brake Splash Shield
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Hydraulic Brake Booster Accumulator
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Master Cylinder
          • Notes
          • Removal (Hydraulic Boost)
          • Removal (Vacuum Boost)
          • Installation (Hydraulic Boost)
          • Installation (Vacuum Boost)
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Actuator
          • Notes
          • Removal (1500 Series)
          • Removal (2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (1500 Series)
          • Installation (2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Park Brake Cable
          • Removal (Front)
          • Removal (Intermediate)
          • Removal (Left Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Left Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Right Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (Right Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Front)
          • Installation (Intermediate)
          • Installation (Left Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Left Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Right Rear - With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (Right Rear - Without 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Park Brake Cable Equalizer
          • Removal & Installation
        • Park Brake Cable Guide
          • Removal & Installation
        • Park Brake Cable Mounting Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Park Brake Shoes
          • Removal (1500 Series)
          • Removal (1500 HAD, 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Removal (With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (1500 Series)
          • Installation (1500 HAD, 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (With 4-Wheel Steering)
        • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear Disc Brake Backing Plate
          • Notes
          • Removal (1500 Series Pickup & Utility With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (1500 Series Pickup Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (1500 Series Utility Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Removal (2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Installation (1500 Series Pickup & Utility With 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (1500 Series Pickup Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (1500 Series Utility Without 4-Wheel Steering)
          • Installation (2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Stoplight Switch
          • Removal & Installation
        • Supplement Brake Assist Pump Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve And/Or Hose
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Notes
        • Brake Caliper
          • Disassembly & Reassembly (Front)
          • Disassembly (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Disassembly (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
          • Reassembly (Rear - 1500 Series)
          • Reassembly (Rear - 2500 & 3500 Series)
        • Master Cylinder
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Disc Brake Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
  • Traction Control
    • Antilock Brake System With TCVS & VSES
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icon Description
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/O JL4)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - ABS (W/JL4)
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035 or C0040: Front Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0045 or C0050: Rear Wheel Speed Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0131: Antilock Brake System (ABS)/Traction Control System (TCS) Pressure Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161: ABS/TCS Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0201: Antilock Brake System (ABS) Enable Relay Contact Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220: Left Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221 To C0227 (W/O JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226 and C0227
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0221 and C0225
            • C0222 and C0226
            • C0223 and C0227
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0221, C0225
            • C0222, C0223, C0226, and C0227
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0221 To C0227 (W/JL4): Right Front Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0228: Left Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0229 (W/O JL4): Simultaneous Drop Out of Front Wheel Speed Signals
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0229 (W/JL4): Right Rear Antilock Brake System (ABS) Channel in Release Too Long
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0235 To C0237 or P0609: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236 and C0237
            • P0609
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0235
            • C0236
            • C0237
            • P0609
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0238: Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Traction Control Not Allowed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0241 To C0243: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0241 and C0242
            • C0243
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 (W/O JL4): EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0244 (W/JL4): Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) Delivered Torque
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0245 (W/JL4): Wheel Speed Sensor Frequency Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0245 (W/O JL4): EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0246 To C0254: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0246, C0251, C0252, C0253 and C0254
            • C0247 and C0248
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0265 or C0266: EBCM Relay Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • C0265
            • C0266
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0267 or C0268: Pump Motor Circuit Open/Shorted
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0269 or C0274: Excessive Dump/Isolation Time
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0269
            • C0274
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0271 To C0273, C0284: EBCM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0279 (W/O JL4): Powertrain Configuration Not Valid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0279 (W/JL4): Pre-charge Pump Circuit Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (W/O JL4): Traction Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0283 (W/JL4): VSES Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Two wheel drive or all wheel drive vehicles
            • Four wheel drive vehicles with selectable 4 LO
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0287, P1644, or P1689: Delivered Torque Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0287
            • P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/O JL4): Lost Communications With PCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0290 or C0292 (W/JL4): VSES Combination Sensor Circuits
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0291: Lost Communications With BCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0297: Powertrain Configuration Data Not Received
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0298 or P1571: Powertrain Indicated Traction Control Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0298
            • P1571
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0455: Front Steering Position Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0472 or C0473: Steering Handwheel Speed Sensor Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - internal write / checksum malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0558: Calibration Data Not Programmed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Stability System Disabled Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Poor Performance
          • Circuit Description
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Hydraulic Testing
          • Notes
          • Dump and Isolation Valve Testing
            • Pressure Dump Test Procedure
            • Wheel Isolation Test Procedure
          • Brake Pressure Application Testing (W/JL4)
          • TC Isolation Valve Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (w/o JL4)
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure (W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Pre-charge Bleed
          • Automated Bleed
        • Yaw Rate Reference Table Reset Procedure
          • Circuit Description
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (w/o JL4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Pre-Charge Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (2WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Front (4WD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Ring Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Stabilitrak)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement (Traction Control)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/O JL4)
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control Indicators (w/NW7)
            • Traction Active
            • Traction Off
          • Programming the Traction Control Automatic Engagement Feature
        • ABS Description and Operation (W/JL4)
          • Notes
          • Antilock Brake System (ABS)
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • Engine torque reduction
          • Brake pressure application
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
          • System Pre-Fill
          • Precharge Pump
          • Power-up Self-Test
          • VSES Sensors Initialization
          • ECE 13 Response
          • Driver Information Indicators and Messages
          • Brake Warning Indicator
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Off Indicator
          • Service Brake System Message
          • Stability System Active Message
          • Stability System Disabled Message
          • Service Stability System Message
          • Traction Active Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Axle Shafts - Front
      • Model Identification
      • Description & Operation
        • Axle Shafts
      • Component Location
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Axle Shafts
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
        • Symptoms - Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis And Correction
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shaft
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Axle Shafts Boot Cover
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Axle Shaft Inner Joint & Seal
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Axle Shaft Outer Joint & Seal
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
      • Torque Specifications
      • Special Tools
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Seal Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Drive Axles - QUADRASTEER
      • Model Identification
      • Description
      • Axle Ratio & Identification
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Removal & Installation
        • Axle Shaft & Seal - Outer
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Axle Shaft & Seal - Inner
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Differential Case & Ring Gear
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Differential Side Bearings
          • Removal & Installation
        • Pinion Yoke & Oil Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Rear Wheel Hub Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Gear Actuator & Differential Cover
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Steering Knuckle Assembly
          • Removal & Installation
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - One Piece
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Overhaul
        • Differential Assembly
      • Adjustments
        • Drive Pinion Depth
        • Side Bearing Preload
        • Backlash & Final Assembly
      • Axle Assembly Specifications
      • Torque Specifications
    • Front Drive Axle
      • Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Front Drive Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Front
          • Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Front Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Front Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Front Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
        • Front Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
            • Notes
            • Oil Seals
            • Sealing Surfaces
            • Differential Carrier Assembly
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Lubricant Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electric Motor Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Connector Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft and/or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle (8.25 S4WD and 9.25 Axles)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Shaft and/or Housing Replacement - Front Drive Axle (8.25 F4WD Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Fork Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clutch Fork Inspection - Front Drive Axle
        • Clutch Shaft Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Seal and/or Bearing Replacement - Front Drive Axle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inner Axle Shaft Shim Adjustment
          • Tools Required
          • Alternate Adjustment Method
        • Differential Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke, Seal, and Dust Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Bushing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble (8.25 S4WD and 9.25 Axles)
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Disassemble (8.25 F4WD Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble (8.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Case Assembly Disassemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Case Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Case and Gears Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Thrust Washers, Shims, and Adjuster Sleeves Inspection
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble (8.25 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Case Assembly Assemble (9.25 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Bearing Cup Installation
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Backlash Inspection and Adjustment
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly (8.25 S4WD and 9.25 Axles)
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Carrier Assembly - Final Assembly (8.25 F4WD Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
        • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
          • Notes
          • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Backlash Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
        • Correct Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
          • Service Hints
        • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
      • Differential Adjustment Shims Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock at Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy in Drive Troubleshooting
        • Noisy When Coasting Troubleshooting
        • Intermittent Noise Troubleshooting
        • Constant Noise Troubleshooting
        • Noisy on Turns Troubleshooting
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Tapered)
          • Tapered Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Abrasive Roller Wear
          • Abrasive Step Wear
          • Galling
          • Etching
          • Bent Cage
          • Cage Wear
          • Indentations
          • Frettage
          • Smears
          • Stain Discoloration
          • Heat Discoloration
          • Misalignment
          • Cracked Inner Race
          • Fatigue Spalling
          • Brinelling
        • Wheel Bearing Wear - Rear Drive Axle (Straight)
          • Straight Roller Bearing Diagnosis
          • Wear (Minor)
          • Wear (Major)
          • Brinelling
          • Indentations
          • Single Edge Pitting
          • Double Edge Pitting
          • Misalignment
          • Frettage
          • Smears
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining the Cause
          • Oil Seals
          • Gaskets
          • Rear Axle Housing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (9.5, 10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle (9.75 Inch Axle)
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (9.5, 10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vent Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Cover and Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/O JL4, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/JL4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal Replacement - Inner
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/O JL4, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft Seal and/or Bearing Replacement (8.6 Inch Axle W/JL4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Shaft and/or Gasket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Hub, Bearing, Cup, and/or Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Housing and/or Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Replacement (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement (8.6, 9.5 Inch Axles)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Bearings Replacement (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axles)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Side Bearings Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Housing Replacement (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Differential Overhaul (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Bearings Inspection
        • Differential Inspection
        • Pinion and Ring Gear Inspection
        • Rear Axle Housing Inspection
        • Shims Inspection
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment (8.6 Inch, 9.5 Inch Axles)
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Notes
          • Shim Sizes
        • Determining Total Shim Pack Size
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Shim Sizes
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement and Adjustment Procedure
          • Shim Sizes
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Wheel Bearing Adjustment
          • Preliminary Inspection
          • Adjustment Procedure
            • Tools Required
        • Backlash Adjustment (All Except 9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Backlash Adjustment (9.75 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Inspection
          • Notes
          • Drive Pinion and Ring Gear Identification
          • Gear Tooth Nomenclature
          • Adjustments Affecting Tooth Contact
          • Backlash Adjustment
          • Pinion Depth Adjustment
          • Testing Procedure
        • Correct Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
          • Service Hints
        • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Heel - Coast Side Heel Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Drive Side Toe - Coast Side Toe Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • High Flank Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
        • Low Flank Contact Pattern
          • Condition
          • Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Rear Drive Axle - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
      • Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassembled Views
        • Locking Differential Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point- Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
      • Repair Instructions
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Locking Differential Disassemble (8.6, 9.5 Inch Axles)
          • Tools Required
        • Locking Differential Disassemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly- Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly- Disassemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly- Disassemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Disassemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Limited Slip Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Locking Differential Cam Unit Assemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly- Assemble (8.6 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly- Assemble (9.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Clutch Disc Assembly- Assemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
        • Locking Differential Adjustment (8.6 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Washer Sizes
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Shim Sizes
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Adjustment (9.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Washer Sizes
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Shim Sizes
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
        • Locking Differential Adjustment (10.5 Inch Axle)
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment of the Differential
          • Left Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
          • Shim Sizes
          • Right Side Gear Backlash Adjustment
            • Tools Required
          • Washer Sizes
          • Thrust Block Clearance Adjustment
            • Tools Required
        • Limited Slip Differential Assemble
          • Tools Required
        • Locking Differential Assemble (8.6, 9.5 Inch Axles)
        • Locking Differential Assemble (10.5 Inch Axle)
      • Description and Operation
        • Locking Differential Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Limited-Slip Function
          • Locking Function
          • Locking Differential Torque-Limiting Disc
        • Limited Slip Differential Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft And Universal Joints
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Leak at Front Slip Yoke
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - Nylon Injected Ring
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Universal Joint Replacement - External Snap Ring
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Front Propeller Shaft Description
          • One-Piece Propeller Shaft Description
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
        • Charging Time Required
        • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
        • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
        • Charging System Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L &6.0L
          • PID Values
        • 8.1L
          • PID Values
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Faster Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horns Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check-Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Short To Ground Or An Open In The Horn Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms-Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative-One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns-Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement-Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement-Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) - C1 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)- C2 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Precharge Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • I/P Harness to Brake/Clutch Harness (C202) (w/o JF4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (10 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (20 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • YAW And Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C1
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C2
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP205
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP206
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP207
        • Connector End View Of Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Connector End View Of Rear Window Washer Pump
        • Connector End View Of Washer Fluid Level Sensors
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Wiper Motor Module
        • Connector End View Of Window Wiper Module - Rear
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Lift Gate, Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C5 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (1 Of 2)
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (2 Of 2)
        • At In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View
        • Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) ECU Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 ConnectorEnd View (UQ7 w/o Y91)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (1 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (2 Of 2)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly Connector End View
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker - LF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • speaker - LF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Driver Door Module (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - LR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AN3) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/O2) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Bezel Lamp (Y91) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Driver (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Passenger (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Avalanche & Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Except Avalanche And Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamps (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Mid Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear (Tahoe & Yukon Only) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - C - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - D - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Body Rear (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C2 Connector End View
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Left (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Right (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tall/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - RR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C4 (W/K34) Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector - Heavy Duty Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn-Right-High Note Connector End View
        • Horn-Left-Low Note Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (Part of Overhead Console)
        • Cruise Control On/Off Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C4 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C5 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C6 Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View & Functions - W/Z75
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Connector End View & Functions
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - L59
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon Xl/Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Secondary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View & Functions
        • C1 Module Connector End View
        • C2 Module Connector End View
        • C3 Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • C3 Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • LF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (10 Series)
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (20 Series)
        • RR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Air Flow Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module C2 Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Front Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Rear Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C3 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case - Encoder Motor Pin Connector End View
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Rear Wheel Steering Module Connector End View - C4
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Door Ajar Switch - Right Cargo Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Lift Gate Ajar Switch - Left and Right Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
          • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
          • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Charging Systems
    • Model Identification
    • Description & Operation
    • Component Locations
    • Adjustments
      • Belt Adjustment
    • Trouble Shooting
      • Notes
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • System Operation Check
    • Self Diagnostic System
      • Notes
      • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
    • Diagnostic Tests
      • DTC B1327: Battery/Source Voltage Low
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC B1328: Device Power Circuit High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0562: Low System Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0563: High System Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0615: Improper Voltage Level On The Output Circuit That Controls The Starter Relay
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P0622: Pulse Width Modulation Signal Out Of Range
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P1637: Generator Turn-On Signal Circuit Voltage Out Of Range
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Action Taken When DTC Sets
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Procedure
      • DTC P1638: Pulse Width Modulation Signal Out Of Range
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions For Running DTC
        • Conditions For Setting DTC
        • Conditions For Clearing DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Diagnostic Procedure
    • System Tests
      • Notes
      • Test A: Charging System Test
      • Test B: Charge Indicator Always On
      • Test C: Charge Indicator Inoperative
      • Test D: Generator Noise Diagnosis
    • On-Vehicle Testing
      • Notes
      • Battery Testing & Inspection
      • Battery Specifications
      • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
    • Bench Testing
    • Removal & Installation
      • Notes
      • Generator (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal & Installation
      • Generator (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal & Installation
    • Overhaul
    • Generator Specifications
    • Torque Specifications
    • Wiring Diagrams
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Left Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Right Instrument Panel Fuse Block
      • Instrument Panel Relay Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
      • Fusible Links
  • Gauges
    • Instrument Panel, Gages, And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics (Power, Ground, Serial Data)
        • Driver Information System Schematics (Analog Clock - Z75 Only)
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Driver Information Systems
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic System Check - Audible Warnings
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0540: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0560: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1372: Difference Of At Least 75% Between Ignition 1 Voltage Circuit And IPC Battery Positive Voltage Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2961: Ignition 1 Input Is Active And The Key In Ignition Switch Signal Circuit Is Inactive
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0461: No Change In Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523: EOP Sensor Signal Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0654: Driver Circuit State Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066: No Change In The Secondary Fuel Level Over Distance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067: Secondary Fuel Level Signal Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068: Secondary Fuel Level Signal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages and Odometer
            • Indicators
            • Instrument Cluster Dimming
            • Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Audible Warnings
        • Instrument Cluster Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gauge Inaccurate or Inoperative (Dual Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative (Single Tank)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Hourmeter Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Gages Inoperative
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Change Engine Oil Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Oil Level Indicator Always On
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Accessory Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Insulator Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Cluster Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Non-Console)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement (Console)
        • Cupholder Replacement (Non-Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Luxury)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cupholder Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - 12 Volt
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Storage Bin Replacement (Expect Pro)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Clock Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (with Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement (w/o Console Mounting Bracket)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Luxury Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Floor Console (Non-Lux Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Console Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Hourmeter
          • Odometer
          • PRNDL Display
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Transmission Temperature Gage
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Indicators
          • DIC Warning Messages
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Check Eng Oil Level
          • Check Eng Oil Pressure
          • Low Fuel
          • Ice Possible
          • Oil Pressure Low Stop Engine
          • OVERSPEED
          • Program Cluster
          • Speed Limited To XXX Mph
          • Shift Indicator
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • DIC Displays
          • Vehicle Information
          • DIC Trip Information / Reset Capabilities
          • Trip Reset Stem
          • Odometer
          • Trip Odometers
          • Timer
          • Fuel Information
            • DIC Fuel Information / Reset Capabilities
            • Range
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Feature Programming
            • Driver Warnings
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Door Ajar Warning
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-ln-lgnition Warning
          • Lights On Chime
          • Turn Signal Warning
          • Park Brake Chime
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Faster Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horns Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check-Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Short To Ground Or An Open In The Horn Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms-Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative-One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns-Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement-Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement-Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Battery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
        • Charging Time Required
        • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test (w/ BCM)
        • Battery Electrical Drain
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ground Strap Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
        • Charging System Indicator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L &6.0L
          • PID Values
        • 8.1L
          • PID Values
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Faster Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Horns Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Horns
        • Diagnostic System Check-Horns
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B2752: Short To Ground Or An Open In The Horn Relay Control Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms-Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative-One Horn
          • Test Description
        • Horns-Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement-Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Horn Replacement-Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) - C1 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)- C2 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Precharge Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • I/P Harness to Brake/Clutch Harness (C202) (w/o JF4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (10 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (20 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • YAW And Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C1
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C2
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP205
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP206
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP207
        • Connector End View Of Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Connector End View Of Rear Window Washer Pump
        • Connector End View Of Washer Fluid Level Sensors
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Wiper Motor Module
        • Connector End View Of Window Wiper Module - Rear
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Lift Gate, Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C5 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (1 Of 2)
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (2 Of 2)
        • At In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View
        • Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) ECU Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 ConnectorEnd View (UQ7 w/o Y91)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (1 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (2 Of 2)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly Connector End View
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker - LF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • speaker - LF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Driver Door Module (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - LR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AN3) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/O2) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Bezel Lamp (Y91) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Driver (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Passenger (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Avalanche & Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Except Avalanche And Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamps (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Mid Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear (Tahoe & Yukon Only) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - C - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - D - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Body Rear (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C2 Connector End View
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Left (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Right (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tall/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - RR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C4 (W/K34) Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector - Heavy Duty Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn-Right-High Note Connector End View
        • Horn-Left-Low Note Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (Part of Overhead Console)
        • Cruise Control On/Off Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C4 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C5 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C6 Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View & Functions - W/Z75
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Connector End View & Functions
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - L59
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon Xl/Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Secondary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View & Functions
        • C1 Module Connector End View
        • C2 Module Connector End View
        • C3 Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • C3 Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • LF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (10 Series)
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (20 Series)
        • RR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Air Flow Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module C2 Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Front Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Rear Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C3 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case - Encoder Motor Pin Connector End View
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Rear Wheel Steering Module Connector End View - C4
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Door Ajar Switch - Right Cargo Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Lift Gate Ajar Switch - Left and Right Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Wiring Systems (General Information)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Utility/Van Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
          • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
          • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Tools Required
          • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
          • Tools Required
          • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent and Poor Connections
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Tools Required
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Tools Required
          • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
        • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
        • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
        • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
        • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
        • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Tools Required
          • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Wiring Harness Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Description & Operation
      • Starter Application
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
        • Battery Testing & Inspection (Non-Hp2)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Engine Electrical Symptoms
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Symptom Tests
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal (Pickup w/4.3L Engine)
          • Installation (Pickup w/4.3L Engine)
          • Removal (Pickup w/4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engines)
          • Installation (Pickup w/4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal (Pickup w/6.6L Engine)
          • Installation (Pickup w/6.6L Engine)
          • Removal (Pickup w/8.1L Engine)
          • Installation (Pickup w/8.1L Engine)
          • Removal (Sport Utility w/4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L Engines)
          • Installation (Sport Utility w/4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L Engines)
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Cab & Chassis (Sierra & SILVERADO)
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Sierra
          • 1500
          • 1500HD
          • 2500
          • 2500HD
          • 3500
        • SILVERADO
          • 1500
          • 1500HD
          • 2500
          • 2500HD
          • 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) - C1 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM)- C2 (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (w/JL4) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Precharge Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • I/P Harness to Brake/Clutch Harness (C202) (w/o JF4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/o JL4) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR (w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (10 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR (20 Series w/JL4) Connector End View
        • YAW And Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor - Outside Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Low Pressure Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Temperature Actuator Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C1
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View - Auxiliary - C2
        • Blower Motor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C1 (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Front Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Assembly - Rear Auxiliary Connector End View - W/ Heat And A/C
        • HVAC Control Processor - Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP205
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP206
        • Data Link Communications Connector End View Splice Pack - SP207
        • Connector End View Of Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Connector End View Of Rear Window Washer Pump
        • Connector End View Of Washer Fluid Level Sensors
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
        • Connector End View Of Windshield Wiper Motor Module
        • Connector End View Of Window Wiper Module - Rear
        • Door Contact Plate - Left Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C2 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Lock Actuator - Cargo/Lift Gate, Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) C5 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C1 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C2 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C3 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) C4 Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Window Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Window Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Window Motor - LR/RR Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Automatic Transmission Input Shaft Speed (AT ISS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Output Shaft Speed (AT OSS) Sensor Connector End View
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • Inline Harness Connector C103 End View, Engine Side
        • Inline Harness Connector End View - Transmission Side
        • Transmission Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2 - 3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 3 - 2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (1 Of 2)
        • AT In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Engine Side (2 Of 2)
        • At In-line 20-Way Connector End View, Transmission Side
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Tow/Haul Switch Connector End View, Column Wiring Harness Side
        • SDM Connector End View
        • Driver-side & Passenger-side Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Side Impact Air Bag Module Connector End View
        • Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View
        • Seat Position Sensor (SPS) Connector End View
        • Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger Presence Detection (PPD) ECU Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/o Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 ConnectorEnd View (UQ7 w/o Y91)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (1 Of 2)
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91) (2 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (1 Of 2)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View - w/U2K/U2L (2 Of 2)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (UQ7 w/Y91)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Radio C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Controller Connector End View
        • Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Assembly Connector End View
        • Relay Block Connector End Views - Body
        • Remote Playback Device Connector End View - CD Player
        • Speaker - LF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • speaker - LF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ5) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door (UQ3/UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - RR Door Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ3) Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Tweeter (UQ7) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Left D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (UQ7 w/o Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Right D-Pillar (w/Y91) Connector End View
        • Speaker - Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Splice Pack SP250 (w/UQ7) Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Driver Door Module (Memory/Heated Seat Switch - Driver) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (Heated Seat Switch - Front Passenger) Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - LR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Control Module - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - RR Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Switch - LR Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C4 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AN3) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver (AG2) Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Lumbar/Bolster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Seat Lumbar Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Bolster Motor/Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Recliner Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Position Sensor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/CJ2) Connector End View
        • Ambient Light Sensor (W/O2) Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Bezel Lamp (Y91) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Driver (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Cargo Lamp Assembly - Passenger (Avalanche & Escalade EXT Only) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Avalanche & Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) (Except Avalanche And Escalade EXT) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - LR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RF (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamp - RR (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Clearance Lamps (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Mid Connector End View
        • Courtesy/Reading Lamp - Rear (Tahoe & Yukon Only) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - C - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Dome Lamp - D - Pillar (Suburban & Yukon XL Only) Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - LR Connector End View
        • Door Courtesy Lamp - RR Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Switch Rear (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - High Beam - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp - Low Beam - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Left (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Actuator - Right (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Leveling Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Headlamp Switch Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C1 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C2 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C3 Connector End View
        • Junction Block - Rear Lamps - C4 Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Domestic) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RR (w/X88) Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - Body Rear (w/NYS) Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Driver - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - Front Passenger - C3 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - LR - C2 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C1 Connector End View
        • Mini Wedge (Door Jamb Switch) - RR - C2 Connector End View
        • Multifunction Accessory Switch Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - LF (Export) Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp - RF (Export) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Relay (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Beacon Switch (w/5X7, 5G4, TRW, Or 5Y0) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Left (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Roof Marker Lamp - Right (w/U01) Connector End View
        • Stop Lamp Switch Connector End View
        • Tall/Stop Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - LR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal - RR Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch - C4 (W/K34) Connector End View
        • Trailer Connector - Heavy Duty Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Horn-Right-High Note Connector End View
        • Horn-Left-Low Note Connector End View
        • Cargo Door Key Switch Connector End View
        • Liftgate Key Switch Connector End View
        • Passlock Sensor Connector End View
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End View (Part of Overhead Console)
        • Cruise Control On/Off Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C4 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C5 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) - C6 Connector End View
        • Analog Clock Connector End View & Functions - W/Z75
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View & Functions - Except 8.1L
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor Connector End View & Functions
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - L59
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon Xl/Avalanche/Escalade EXT
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Primary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly Connector End View & Functions - Suburban/Yukon XL/Avalanche
        • Fuel Pump/Sender Assembly (Secondary) Connector End View & Functions - Export Suburban/Yukon XL
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Connector End View & Functions
        • C1 Module Connector End View
        • C2 Module Connector End View
        • C3 Module Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • C3 Module Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • LF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (10 Series)
        • LR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View (20 Series)
        • RR Suspension Damper Solenoid Connector End View
        • LF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RF Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • LR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • RR Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • EGR Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump (FP) Relay Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks)
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Primary
        • Fuel Pump & Sender Assembly Connector End View - Secondary (W/Dual Tanks) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 (W/NC1) Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature & Mass Air Flow Sensor Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 8 Connector End View
        • MAP Sensor Connector End View
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C1 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (1 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (2 Of 3)
        • Powertrain Control Module (PCM) - C2 Connector End View (3 Of 3)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module - C1 Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module C2 Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Assembly Connector End View
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Electronic Adjustable Pedals (EAP) Relay Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Relay Connector End View
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • Automatic Level Control Air Compressor Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View
        • Sunroof Relay Connector End View
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Cellular Telephone Microphone Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Auxiliary
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Auxiliary
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (1 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View (2 Of 2)
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module - Auxiliary C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Assembly Front Auxiliary Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Auxiliary Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Connector End View - Inside
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View - Auxiliary
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Front Axle Actuator Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Front Pin Connector End View
        • Propshaft Speed Sensor - Rear Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module - C3 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift - C1 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch - C2 Pin Connector End View
        • Transfer Case - Encoder Motor Pin Connector End View
        • Combination Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Select Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C1
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C2
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Connector End View - C3
        • Rear Wheel Steering Module Connector End View - C4
        • Rear Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Speed/Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Door Ajar Switch - Right Cargo Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Right C1 (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Door Side) Connector End View
        • Door Contact Plate - Left (Body Side) Connector End View
        • Lift Gate Ajar Switch - Left and Right Connector End View
        • Lift Glass Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 6.0L VIN N
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
        • 8.1L
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Identification
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
        • 8.1L
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
          • Scan Tool Data List
          • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P1258: Engine Coolant Temperature High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
        • Engine Overheated Indicator Always On
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Always On
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Engine Overheating Diagnostic
        • Loss Of Coolant Diagnostic
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
        • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempil-Sticks
        • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Coolant Leak Testing
        • Fan Clutch
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Drain and Fill Procedure
          • Engine Block Draining
          • Flushing
          • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (8.1 L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Vent Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Pipe/Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Clutch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Crossover Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Assembly Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Air Bleed Hose Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drain Cock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Upper (W/O M74)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Upper (W/M74)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fan Shroud Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (Dealer Installation - 6.0L Engine)
          • Dealer Installation Only
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (8.1L Engine)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Engine Coolant Indicators
            • Engine Coolant Hot
            • Engine Overheated
            • Low Coolant
            • Reduced Engine Power
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
          • Cooling Cycle
          • Coolant
          • Radiator
          • Surge Tank
          • Pressure Cap
          • Cooling Fan and Clutch
          • Air Baffles and Seals
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Thermostats (6.6L Diesel Engine)
          • Engine Oil Cooler
          • Transmission Oil Cooler
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
      • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Intermittent
      • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (8.1L Engine)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Pipe Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (4.8L and 5.3L Engines)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (6.0L and 8.1L Engines)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Floor Panel Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Dash Panel
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Engine Mechanical - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical (4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L) Specifications (LR4 VIN V)
      • Engine Mechanical (4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L) Specifications (LM7 VIN T)
      • Engine Mechanical (4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L) Specifications (L59 VIN Z)
      • Engine Mechanical (4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L) Specifications (LQ4 VIN U)
      • Engine Mechanical (4.8L, 5.3L, And 6.0L) Specifications (LQ9 VIN N)
      • Sealers, Adhesives And Lubricants
    • Thread Repair Specifications
      • Engine Block-Front View
      • Engine Block-Rear View
      • Engine Block-Left Side View
      • Engine Block-Right Side View
      • Engine Block-Bottom View
      • Engine Block-Top View
      • Cylinder Head-Top View
      • Cylinder Head-End View
      • Cylinder Head-Exhaust Manifold Deck View
      • Cylinder Head-Intake Manifold Deck View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire Without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire With Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire With Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire With Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise On Start-Up But Only Lasting A Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless Of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless Of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant In Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant In Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L, and 6.0L (RPO LQ4))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Sight Shield Replacement (6.0L (RPO LQ9))
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Valley Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Throttle Body Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Removal
        • Engine Valley Cover Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Filter, Adapter and Pan Cover Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Engine Rear Cover Removal
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Measuring the Cylinder for Taper, Out-of-Round, and Oversize
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
          • Deglazing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring Main Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Using J 43690/J 43690-100
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
          • Notes
          • Press Fit Piston Pin
          • Full Floating Piston Pin
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston and Pin
          • Connecting Rod and Bearings
          • Measuring Piston Ring End Gap
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Notes
          • Press Fit Piston Pin
          • Full-Floating Piston Pin
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Notes
          • Tool Usage Information
            • Bearing, Expander, and Expander Driver Information
            • Tool Assembly and Operation
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring Camshaft Lobe Lift
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Notes
          • Valve Guide Reaming
          • Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Rear Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Valley Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston Selection
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Oil Pump, Pump Screen and Deflector Installation
        • Engine Rear Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter, Adapter, Pan Cover Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Engine Valley Cover Installation
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
      • Camshaft and Drive System
      • Crankshaft
      • Cylinder Heads
      • Engine Block
      • Exhaust Manifolds
      • Intake Manifold
      • Oil Pan
      • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
      • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Assemblies
      • Valve Train
      • New Product Information
      • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
      • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
      • Changed Engine Specifications
      • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
      • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
      • New Special Tools Required
      • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
      • Lubrication Description
        • Lubrication Flow Schematic
      • Oil Pump Assembly
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Notes
        • Gasket Use and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of RTV and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
    • Tools and Equipment
      • Notes
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Starter
    • Starting System
      • Description & Operation
      • Starter Application
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Starting Point
      • On-Vehicle Testing
        • Notes
        • Engine Electrical Diagnostic System Check
        • Battery Testing & Inspection (Non-Hp2)
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Engine Electrical Symptoms
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Round Wire Connectors
          • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Symptom Tests
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Starter Motor
          • Notes
          • Removal (Pickup w/4.3L Engine)
          • Installation (Pickup w/4.3L Engine)
          • Removal (Pickup w/4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engines)
          • Installation (Pickup w/4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L Engines)
          • Removal (Pickup w/6.6L Engine)
          • Installation (Pickup w/6.6L Engine)
          • Removal (Pickup w/8.1L Engine)
          • Installation (Pickup w/8.1L Engine)
          • Removal (Sport Utility w/4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L Engines)
          • Installation (Sport Utility w/4.8L, 5.3L, 6.0L & 8.1L Engines)
      • Overhaul
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Cab & Chassis (Sierra & SILVERADO)
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Sierra
          • 1500
          • 1500HD
          • 2500
          • 2500HD
          • 3500
        • SILVERADO
          • 1500
          • 1500HD
          • 2500
          • 2500HD
          • 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
• Engine Performance
  • Engine Controls - On-Vehicle Adjustments - Trucks (Except Tracker)
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Notes
      • Valve Clearance
    • Ignition Timing (Gasoline)
    • Injection Pump Timing (Diesel)
    • Idle Speed & Mixture
      • Gasoline Engines
      • Diesel Engines
    • Throttle Position Sensor
      • Gasoline Engines (Except 8.1L)
      • Diesel Engines & 8.1L Gasoline Engine
  • Application
    • Engine/VIN Breakdown
      • Engine/VIN Breakdown
        • Model Coverage
        • Model/Year VIN Code Applications
        • Vehicle Identification Number
        • VIN Derivative
        • Engine Id & VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L
          • 2.2L
          • 2.5L
          • 3.4L
          • 4.2L
          • 4.3L
          • 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
          • 6.6L (Diesel)
          • 8.1L
        • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Trucks
      • EGR Function Testing - General Motors Trucks
        • Test 1
          • Ported & Backpressure EGR
        • Test 2
          • Linear EGR
        • Test 3
        • Test 4
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Class 2 & GMLAN
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can)
  • Pin Voltage Charts
    • Engine Controls - PID Values, Pcm Connector Views And Terminal Identification
      • Introduction
      • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Connector Identification
      • Scan Tool Data List Definitions
      • PID Value Charts
        • Notes
        • 4.8L, 5.3L &6.0L
          • PID Values
        • 8.1L
          • PID Values
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Engine Controls - Removal & Installation
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Notes
        • Throttle Body
          • Notes
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Programming
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Programming
          • Pass-Thru Programming
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (5.3L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensors
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Removal & Installation (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Removal & Installation (8.1L)
        • Mass Airflow Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oxygen Sensors
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Throttle Position Sensor
      • Solenoids
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
          • Removal & Installation
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel Line Disconnect Fittings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Metal Collar)
          • Removal & Installation (Plastic Collar)
        • Fuel Line Replacement
          • Removal Procedure (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation Procedure (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
        • Fuel Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • Fuel Pump
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Removal (4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L)
          • Installation
          • Removal (8.1L)
        • Fuel Tank
          • Removal (Single Tank Models & Front Tank On Dual Tank Models)
          • Installation
          • Removal (Rear Tank On Dual Tank Models)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Oxygen Sensors
        • Throttle Body
      • Ignition Systems
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Ignition Coils
          • Removal & Installation
        • Knock Sensors
        • Spark Plugs
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Spark Plug Wires
          • Removal & Installation
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • EVAP Canister
          • Removal (1500)
          • Installation
          • Removal (2500)
        • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
        • EVAP Canister Vent Valve
        • EVAP System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
      • Torque Specifications
  • Sensor Range Charts
    • Engine Controls - Sensor Operating Range Charts
      • Introduction
  • Specifications
    • Engine Controls - Service & Adjustment Specifications - 6.0L
      • Introduction
      • Capacities
      • Quick-Service
        • Service Intervals & Specifications
        • Belt Tension
      • Mechanical Checks
        • Engine Compression
        • Valve Clearance
      • Ignition Systems
        • High Tension Wire Resistance
        • Spark Plugs
        • Firing Order
        • Ignition Timing
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Pump
        • Injector Resistance
        • Idle Speed & Mixture
        • Throttle Position Sensor
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline Engines
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Cylinder Compression Pressure
          • Cylinder Combustion Pressure Leakage
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Chevy Express G1500
        • Chevy Express G2500
        • Chevy Express G3500
        • Chevy Express H1500
        • Chevy Express H2500
        • Envoy XL
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Hummer H2
        • SAVANA G1500
        • SAVANA G2500
        • SAVANA G3500
        • SAVANA H1500
        • SAVANA H2500
        • Sierra 1500
        • Sierra 2500
        • Sierra 2500HD
        • Sierra 3500
        • SILVERADO 1500
        • SILVERADO 2500
        • SILVERADO 2500HD
        • SILVERADO 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • Trailblazer Ext
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - SELF-DIAGNOSTICS - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Programming
          • Pass-Thru Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0106: Map System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0120: TP Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0151: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0152: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0155: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0157: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0158: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0160: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0169: Fuel Composition Sensor - High Alcohol Content Detected (5.3L Flex-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 1 & DTC P0174: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 1 & DTC P0175: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0178: Fuel Composition Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (5.3L Flex-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0179: Fuel Composition Sensor Circuit High Voltage (5.3L Flex-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Condition For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0200: Fuel Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0220: Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0300-P0308: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position Sensor Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 1 & DTC P0332: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0342: Camshaft Position Sensor - Signal Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0343: Camshaft Position Sensor - Signal High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0351-P0358: Ignition Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0420: TWC System - Low Efficiency - Bank 1 & DTC P0430: TWC System - Low Efficiency - Bank 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0455: EVAP System Leak Detected - Gross Leak/No Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 & P2610: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0641: 5-Volt Reference Circuit Out Of Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0651: Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Action Take When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1106: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1125: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors Out Of Range Or Disagree
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1172: Secondary Fuel Pump Transfer Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1258: Engine Over-Temperature Condition
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1380: EBCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unstable
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No EBCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1514: Calculated Vs Actual Airflow Correlation High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1515: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1516: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1517: TAC Module Processor Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1518: TAC Module Serial Data Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2108: TAC Module Processor Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2120: App Sensor 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2121: App Sensor Circuits Out Of Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P2125: App Sensor 2 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2135: TP Sensor Signals 1 & 2 Disagree Or Outside Predetermined Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Hummer H2
        • Sierra - 1500
        • Sierra - 2500
        • Sierra - 2500HD
        • Sierra - 3500
        • SILVERADO - 1500
        • SILVERADO - 2500
        • SILVERADO - 2500HD
        • SILVERADO - 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
        • Notes
        • Component Locations
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Modules, Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Ignition Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel Systems
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedures
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Control System
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Transmission
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Chevy Express - G1500
        • Chevy Express - G2500
        • Chevy Express - G3500
        • Chevy Express - H1500
        • Chevy Express - H2500
        • Envoy XL
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Hummer H2
        • SAVANA - G1500
        • SAVANA - G2500
        • SAVANA - G3500
        • SAVANA - H1500
        • SAVANA - H2500
        • Sierra - 1500
        • Sierra - 2500
        • Sierra - 2500HD
        • Sierra - 3500
        • SILVERADO - 1500
        • SILVERADO - 2500
        • SILVERADO - 2500HD
        • SILVERADO - 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • Trailblazer Ext
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Restricted Exhaust
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Basic Diagnostic Procedures - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline Engines
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection & Adjustments
        • Visual Inspection
        • Mechanical Inspection
          • Cylinder Compression Pressure
          • Cylinder Combustion Pressure Leakage
          • Exhaust System Backpressure
          • Diagnosis
      • No-Start Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • No-Start - Engine Cranks Okay
          • Preliminary Checks
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel System Pressure Release
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Speed & Ignition Timing
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Chevy Express G1500
        • Chevy Express G2500
        • Chevy Express G3500
        • Chevy Express H1500
        • Chevy Express H2500
        • Envoy XL
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Hummer H2
        • SAVANA G1500
        • SAVANA G2500
        • SAVANA G3500
        • SAVANA H1500
        • SAVANA H2500
        • Sierra 1500
        • Sierra 2500
        • Sierra 2500HD
        • Sierra 3500
        • SILVERADO 1500
        • SILVERADO 2500
        • SILVERADO 2500HD
        • SILVERADO 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • Trailblazer Ext
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
    • ENGINE CONTROLS - SELF-DIAGNOSTICS - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • On-Board Diagnostics
          • Notes
          • Code Types
          • Freeze Frame/Failure Records
          • Monitors
        • Intermittent Conditions
          • Notes
          • Preliminary
          • Harness or Connector Intermittents
          • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
          • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) & Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect PCM Programming
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
          • Scan Tool Snapshot
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Controls
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Diagnostic System Check - Engine Cooling
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Retrieving Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Notes
          • Scan Tool
          • Disconnect Battery
          • Warm-up Cycles
        • Powertrain Control Module Location
      • Programming
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Oil Life Reset
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Remote Programming
          • Off-Board Pass-Thru Programming
          • Pass-Thru Programming
        • Theft Deterrent Password Learn Procedure
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Learn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Learn Procedure
      • Drive Cycles
        • Notes
        • Inspection/Maintenance System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Evaporative Emission System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Test Description
          • Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Summary
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Definitions
      • Component Locations
      • Connector Identification
      • System Tests
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp Always On
          • Notes
          • Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Notes
        • DTC P0101: Mass Air Flow Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0102: MAF Sensor Circuit - Low Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0103: MAF Sensor Circuit - High Frequency
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0106: Map System Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0107: Map Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0108: Map Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0113: IAT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0116: ECT Sensor Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0117: ECT Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0118: ECT Sensor Circuit - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0120: TP Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0125: Excessive Time To Enter Closed Loop Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0128: ECT Less Than Thermostat Regulating Temperature
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0131: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0151: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0132: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0152: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0133: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0153: Ho2S Circuit - Slow Response - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0134: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0154: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0135: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P0155: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0137: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0157: Ho2S Circuit - Low Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0138: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0158: Ho2S Circuit - High Voltage - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0140: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0160: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Activity - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0141: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 1, Sensor 2 & DTC P0161: Ho2S Heater Circuit - Bank 2, Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0169: Fuel Composition Sensor - High Alcohol Content Detected (5.3L Flex-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0171: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 1 & DTC P0174: Fuel Trim System Lean - Bank 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0172: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 1 & DTC P0175: Fuel Trim System Rich - Bank 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0178: Fuel Composition Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (5.3L Flex-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0179: Fuel Composition Sensor Circuit High Voltage (5.3L Flex-Fuel)
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Condition For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0200: Fuel Injector Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0220: Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P0230: Fuel Pump Control Relay Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0300-P0308: Engine Misfire Detected
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0315: Crankshaft Position Sensor Variation Not Learned
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Module Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0327: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 1 & DTC P0332: Knock Sensor Circuit - Low Voltage - Sensor 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0336: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0341: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0342: Camshaft Position Sensor - Signal Low
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0343: Camshaft Position Sensor - Signal High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0351-P0358: Ignition Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0420: TWC System - Low Efficiency - Bank 1 & DTC P0430: TWC System - Low Efficiency - Bank 2
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL or DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0442: EVAP System - Small Leak
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0443: EVAP Purge Solenoid Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0446: EVAP Vent Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0449: EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0452: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions for Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0453: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor - High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0455: EVAP System Leak Detected - Gross Leak/No Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0496: EVAP System High Purge Flow
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0506: Idle Control System - Low Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0507: Idle Control System - High Rpm
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683 & P2610: Pcm Memory
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0641: 5-Volt Reference Circuit Out Of Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0650: Mil Control Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P0651: Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Action Take When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P1106: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1107: Map Sensor Circuit Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1111: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1112: IAT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1114: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent Low Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1115: ECT Sensor Circuit - Intermittent High Voltage
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1125: Accelerator Pedal Position Sensors Out Of Range Or Disagree
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1133: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 1, Sensor 1 & DTC P1153: Ho2S Circuit - Insufficient Switching - Bank 2, Sensor 1
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1172: Secondary Fuel Pump Transfer Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1258: Engine Over-Temperature Condition
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1380: EBCM DTC Detected Rough Road Data Unstable
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1381: Misfire Detected - No EBCM/Pcm Serial Data
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1514: Calculated Vs Actual Airflow Correlation High
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1515: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1516: Predicted Vs Actual Throttle Position Correlation Error
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P1517: TAC Module Processor Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1518: TAC Module Serial Data Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2108: TAC Module Processor Fault
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2120: App Sensor 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2121: App Sensor Circuits Out Of Correlation
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • DTC P2125: App Sensor 2 Circuit Malfunction
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC P2135: TP Sensor Signals 1 & 2 Disagree Or Outside Predetermined Range
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Conditions For Running DTC
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions For Clearing MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Hummer H2
        • Sierra - 1500
        • Sierra - 2500
        • Sierra - 2500HD
        • Sierra - 3500
        • SILVERADO - 1500
        • SILVERADO - 2500
        • SILVERADO - 2500HD
        • SILVERADO - 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - System & Component Testing - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Component Locations
        • Notes
        • Component Locations
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
          • Notes
          • Ground Circuits
          • Power Circuits
          • PCM Harness Resistance
      • Sensors & Switches
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
        • Knock Sensor
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
        • Throttle Position Sensor
        • Transmission Range Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
      • Modules, Motors, Relays & Solenoids
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay
        • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Ignition Relay
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
      • Fuel Systems
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis With Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Alcohol/Contaminants In Fuel Diagnosis Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • Test Description
          • Alcohol In Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants In Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Fuel Composition Sensor
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Without Special Tool
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test With Tech 2
          • Notes
          • System Description
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
        • Fuel System Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedures
        • Fuel System Pressure Test
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
          • Diagnostic Procedures
      • Idle Control System
      • Ignition Systems
        • Notes
        • Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis
        • Ignition Relay Diagnosis
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Notes
        • Fuel Evaporation
          • Notes
          • EVAP Control System Diagnosis
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
          • Required Service
          • Checking PCV Valve Function
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Controls
        • Transmission
      • Wiring Diagrams
        • Avalanche
        • Chevy Express - G1500
        • Chevy Express - G2500
        • Chevy Express - G3500
        • Chevy Express - H1500
        • Chevy Express - H2500
        • Envoy XL
        • Escalade
        • Escalade ESV
        • Escalade Ext
        • Hummer H2
        • SAVANA - G1500
        • SAVANA - G2500
        • SAVANA - G3500
        • SAVANA - H1500
        • SAVANA - H2500
        • Sierra - 1500
        • Sierra - 2500
        • Sierra - 2500HD
        • Sierra - 3500
        • SILVERADO - 1500
        • SILVERADO - 2500
        • SILVERADO - 2500HD
        • SILVERADO - 3500
        • Suburban
        • TAHOE
        • Trailblazer Ext
        • YUKON
        • YUKON XL
    • Engine Controls - Trouble Shooting - No Codes - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Preliminary Inspection
      • Symptoms
        • Notes
        • Symptom Diagnosis
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Backfires
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Cuts Out, Misses
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Engine Dieseling/Run-On
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hard Start
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Hesitation, Sag Or Stumble
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Lack Of Power Or Sluggish
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Economy
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Rough, Unstable Or Incorrect Idle & Stalling
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Vehicle Surges Or CHUGGLES
          • Symptom Definition
          • Possible Causes & Corrections
        • Restricted Exhaust
      • INTERMITTENTS
        • Notes
        • Preliminary
        • Harness Or Connector INTERMITTENTS
        • Electrical Connections Or Wiring
        • Control Module Power & Grounds, & Component Power & Grounds
        • Temperature Sensitivity
        • Electromagnetic Interference & Electrical Noise
        • Incorrect Pcm Programming
        • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Scan Tool Snapshot
        • Vehicle Data Recorder
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
  • Theory and Operation
    • Engine Controls - Theory & Operation - Gasoline
      • Model Identification
      • Introduction
      • Air Induction Systems
        • Airflow Sensing
          • Speed Density
      • Computerized Engine Controls
        • Notes
        • Powertrain Control Module
        • Throttle Actuator Control
        • Input Devices
          • Notes
          • A/C On/Request Signal
          • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
          • Battery Voltage
          • Brake Switch Feedback
          • Camshaft Position Sensor
          • Cranking Signal
          • Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Intake Air Temperature Sensor
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor
          • Throttle Actuator Control System
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Output Signals
          • A/C Clutch Relay
          • Cruise Control
          • Electronic Ignition
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pump & Fuel Pump Relay
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • Malfunction Indicator Light
          • Self-Diagnostics
          • Serial Data
          • Shift Solenoids (Electronic Transmission)
          • Throttle Actuator Control
          • Torque Converter Clutch
      • Fuel Systems
        • Fuel Delivery
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Pump Relay
        • Fuel Control
          • Notes
          • Closed Loop Mode
          • Fuel System Operating Modes
          • Open Loop Mode
          • Sequential Fuel Injection System
        • Idle Speed
      • Ignition Systems
        • Electronic Ignition System
        • Ignition Timing Control
      • Emission Systems & Sub-Systems
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Evaporative Emission System
          • Notes
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation
      • Self-Diagnostic System
        • Notes
        • Malfunction Indicator Light
        • Serial Data
      • Miscellaneous Controls
        • Notes
        • A/C Clutch
          • Notes
          • A/C Pressure Switches
        • Cruise Control
        • Transmission
          • Torque Converter Clutch
          • Electronic Transmission
  • Vacuum Diagrams
    • Introduction
    • Vacuum Hose Diagram(S)
      • Vacuum Hose Routing
      • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • Computer Relearn Procedures
    • Introduction
      • Body Controls
      • Engine Controls
    • Crankshaft Position Sensor System Variation Learn Procedure
      • Notes
      • ALERO, Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cavalier - 2.2L, Century, Grand Am, Grand PRIX, Impala, LESABRE, MALIBU, Monte CARLO, Park Avenue, Regal & SUNFIRE - 2.2L, AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, S10 Pickup - 2.2L, Silhouette, SONOMA - 2.2L & Venture
      • Avalanche, Astro, Blazer, BRAVADA, Cab & Chassis, Chevy Express, Corvette, Cutaway, DEVILLE, Envoy, Envoy XL, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, RV Cutaway, S10 Pickup - 4.3L, Safari, SATURN - 2.2L, SAVANA, SAVANA Camper Special, SAVANA Special, SEVILLE, Sierra, SILVERADO, SONOMA - 4.3L, Suburban, TAHOE, Trailblazer, VUE - 2.2L, YUKON & YUKON XL
    • Engine Control Module Or Powertrain Control Module
      • Notes
      • Service Programming System
        • Notes
        • Service Programming Methods
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Except Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Remote Procedure
        • Verifying Reprogramming
      • Service Programming System Remote Procedure (Corvette)
        • Notes
        • Before Programming A Control Module
        • PCM Programming Set Up With Special Tool
        • Remote Programming
        • Programming Verification
      • Service Programming System Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Pass-Thru Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Remote Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing the Off Board Remote Procedure
      • Service Programming System Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
        • Notes
        • Performing The Off Board Pass-Thru Procedure
    • Idle Air Control Valve Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
      • SATURN (Ion) IAC Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN (L200 & LW200) IAC Relearn Procedure
    • Theft Deterrent System Components
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Cavalier, Century, Corvette, Impala, Monte CARLO, Regal & SUNFIRE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • Set Up A New Theft Deterrent Control Module (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 10-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, BONNEVILLE, Cts, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, Park Avenue & SEVILLE, & All Trucks Except AZTEK, MONTANA, Rendezvous, Silhouette & Venture)
      • 30-Minute Learn Procedure (Aurora, AZTEK, BONNEVILLE, DEVILLE, Grand PRIX, LESABRE, MONTANA, Park Avenue, Rendezvous, SEVILLE, Silhouette & Venture)
    • Throttle Body Relearn Procedure
      • SATURN - 3.0L
    • Throttle Position Sensor Learn Procedure
      • DEVILLE & SEVILLE
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2001-03
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Notes
      • Drive Cycle
        • Description
        • Enable Conditions
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Air Bag DTCS
    • Anti-Lock Brake DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L60-E/4L65-E) DTCS
    • Automatic Transmission (4L80-E/4L85-E) DTCS
    • Body Control Module DTCS
    • Cellular Communication DTCS
    • Charging DTCS
    • Cruise Control DTCS
    • Data Link Communication DTCS
    • Defogger DTCS
    • Door, Mirror & Window DTCS
    • Engine Cooling DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 4.8L, 5.3L & 6.0L - Flex Fuel & Gasoline DTCS
    • Engine Performance - 8.1 L DTCS
    • Horn DTCS
    • HVAC, Automatic DTCS
    • HVAC, Manual DTCS
    • Instrument Panel DTCS
    • Lighting DTCS
    • Navigation DTCS
    • Steering, Electronic - Rear DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Damping DTCS
    • Suspension, Electronic - Automatic Level Control
    • Theft Deterrent DTCS
    • Transfer Case (BW 4482-Nr4) DTCS
    • Transfer Case (NVG 236/246-NP8) DTCS
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • Jacking And Lifting Vehicle
      • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Frame Contact Hoist
          • Front Hoist Pads
        • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Notes
          • Jacking
        • Under the Frame Rails
        • Under the Rear Differential
        • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
  • Identification
    • Automatic Transmission Application
      • 1983
      • 1984
      • 1985
      • 1986
      • 1987
      • 1988
      • 1989
      • 1990
      • 1991
      • 1992
      • 1993
      • 1994
      • 1995
      • 1996
      • 1997
      • 1998
      • 1999
      • 2000
      • 2001
      • 2002
      • 2003
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Jacking And Lifting Vehicle
      • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
        • Notes
        • Frame Contact Hoist
          • Front Hoist Pads
        • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Notes
          • Jacking
        • Under the Frame Rails
        • Under the Rear Differential
        • Under the Rear Spring Hanger
    • Testing Wiring Systems For Intermittent & Poor Connections
      • Service Precautions
      • Intermittent Or Poor Connections
        • Notes
        • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
        • Round Wire Connectors
        • Flat Wire (Dock & Lock) Connectors
      • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
        • Notes
        • Salt Water Spray
        • High Temperature Conditions
        • Low Temperature Conditions
      • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
      • Testing for Short to Ground
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
        • Fuse Powering Several Loads
      • Testing for Continuity
        • Notes
        • With a DMM
        • With a Test Lamp
      • Testing for a Short to Voltage
      • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
      • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
      • Probing Electrical Connectors
        • Notes
        • Frontprobe
        • Backprobe
    • Vibration - Drivetrain
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Axle Shafts
          • 4-Wheel Drive/All Wheel Drive
          • Front Wheel Drive
          • Rear Wheel Drive With Independent Rear Suspension
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Selectable Four Wheel Drive (S4WD) Front Differential Assembly
          • Full-Time Four Wheel Drive (F4WD) Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Front Driveshaft Description
          • One Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Two Piece Driveshaft Description
          • Driveshaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Rear Differential Assembly
          • Standard Differential
          • Locking Differential
          • Limited Slip Differential
        • Vibration Theory & Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due To An Imbalance
          • Natural Or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA)
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-To-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software
          • Description & Operation
        • Reed Tachometer
          • Description
      • Diagnostic Starting Point
        • Vibration Diagnosis & Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Notes
          • Tire & Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Axle Shafts
        • Front Differential Assembly
        • Driveshaft
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
      • Symptoms
        • Axle Shafts
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Front Differential Assembly
          • Notes
          • Noise Diagnosis
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Driveshaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying The Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Standard)
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittents
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Differential Assembly (Locking/Limited Slip)
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
      • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Notes
        • Vibration Intermittent Or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Vehicle Payload
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Duplicated, Difficult To Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult To System Balance The Driveline
        • Vibration Duplicated, Appears To Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
      • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
      • Trouble Shooting
        • Click Noise In Turns
        • Clunk When Accelerating From Coast
        • Clunk Noise When Accelerating During Turns
        • Front Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Front Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Rear Differential Assembly Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Bearing Noise
          • Rear Wheel Bearing Noise
          • Knock At Low Speeds
          • Backlash Clunk
        • Noisy In Drive
          • Excessive Pinion To Ring Gear Backlash
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Worn Pinion Bearings
          • Loose Pinion Bearings
          • Excessive Pinion End Play
          • Worn Differential Bearings
          • Loose Differential Bearings
          • Excessive Ring Gear Runout
          • Low Oil Level
          • Wrong Or Poor Grade Oil
        • Noisy When Coasting
          • Notes
          • Worn Pinion & Ring Gear
          • Pinion & Ring Gear Too Tight
        • Intermittent Noise
          • Warped Ring Gear
          • Loose Differential Case Assembly
        • Constant Noise
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Or The Ring Gear Teeth
          • Flat Spot On The Pinion Bearing
          • Worn Pinion Splines
        • Noisy On Turns
          • Worn Differential Side Gears & Pinions
          • Worn Differential Spider
          • Worn Axle Shaft Splines
        • Front Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Rear Differential Assembly Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Determining The Cause
        • Locking Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Leak At Front Slip Yoke
          • Notes
          • The Slip Yoke Barrel Is Burred, Nicked, Corroded, Or Worn
          • There Is A Faulty Transmission Or Transfer Case Output Shaft Oil Seal
        • Universal Joint Noise
          • One Or More Universal Joints Are Worn, Damaged Or Have Lost Lubrication
          • The "U" Joint Hardware Has Become Loose
        • Ping, Snap, Or Click Noise
          • Notes
          • The Fixed Yoke Or The Pinion Yoke Is Loose
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
        • Knock Or Clunk Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Are Worn Or Damaged
          • The Side Gear Hub Counterbore In The Differential Is Worn Oversize
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
          • Notes
          • One Or More Of The Universal Joints Have Lost Lubricant
          • A Broken Or Missing Snap Ring On The Rear Bearing Housing Assembly (Manual Transmission Only)
        • Shudder On Acceleration At Low Speed
        • Whirring Or Squealing Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Locking Rear Axle Does Not Lock
          • Little Or No Preload On The Latching Bracket
          • Flyweights In The Governor Assembly Are Stuck Closed
          • Drive Teeth On The Governor Or Cam Gear Assembly Are Broken
          • Broken Clutch Plates
        • Locking Rear Axle Locks In Turns
          • Governor Assembly Is Tight In Case
          • Broken Or Weak Governor Flyweight Spring
          • Flyweight In Governor Assembly Is Stuck Open
          • Cam Plate Or Governor Drive Teeth Are Broken
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Locking Rear Drive Axle Chatters In Turns
          • Lubricant Is Contaminated
          • Clutch Plates Are Deteriorated
        • Noise In Addition To Normal Clutch Engagement
          • Notes
          • Clutch Plates Are Broken
          • Thrust Block Is Broken
          • Case Is Damaged
          • Differential Gears Are Broken
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information And Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
        • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Engine Order Related Disturbances
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
            • Vehicle Payload
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
            • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
          • Vibration Symptoms that are Felt
          • Vibration Symptoms that are Heard
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
          • Notes
          • Tire Wear(s)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement (One-Piece)
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (System Balanced Flange)
          • Tools Required
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement (Non-System Balanced Flange)
          • Tools Required
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Tools Required
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
          • Tools Required
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
          • Static Balance
          • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
          • Clip-on Weights
          • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
          • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Transmission Shims
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Vibration Cycles In Powertrain Components
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • Notes
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
        • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
        • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
        • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • With Base Audio System
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • With Base Audio System
        • Without DIC
        • With Navigation System
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • With Information Center Display
        • With Visual Information Center
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method (Some Models)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Notes
        • Reset Procedure
        • Alternate Method
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Federal Emissions
        • California Emissions
    • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
    • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Notes
        • Description
        • Message Reset
    • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
      • Notes
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Resetting With Base Audio System
        • Resetting With Navigation System
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Notes
        • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
        • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
        • Notes
        • Using DIC Reset Button
        • Using Scan Tool
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
        • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 001-19F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 19H-2EL)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 2F1-44I)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 44L-5J9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 5K0-6FF)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 6FG-76A)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 76D-7XD)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 7XF-8M0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 8M1-9C0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes 9C1-A0F)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes A0G-Ar4)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ar5-BCP)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes BCQ-C12)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes C13-Cur)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Cut-Dir)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Dr7-EHE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes EHF-F5P)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes F5Q-G1V)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes G1W-HFN)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes HFO-JRG)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes JRH-KLY)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes KLZ-LQX)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes LQY-MW9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes MWE-ODK)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ODL-Ora)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Orb-PDE)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes PDF-QH6)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes QH7-R8D)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes R8E-T07)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes T08-TJ0)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes TJ1-U10)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes U11-Us9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes USB-VG9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes VGA-W5Y)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes W5Z-XE3)
      • RPO Code Definitions (Codes W5Z-XE3)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes XE4-Y9Z)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes Ya2-ZD9)
    • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
      • RPO Code Description (Codes ZDE-ZZZ)
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic & Manual System
          • A/C Service Specifications
          • A/C Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
          • Brake Bleeding Sequence Specifications
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brakes Service Specifications
          • Disc Brakes Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Adjustment
          • Drive Belt Specifications & Procedures
        • Drive Belt Routing
          • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Engine Cooling Specifications
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis & Testing
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
          • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
        • Fuel Filter
      • Ignition System
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
          • Firing Order Specification
        • High Tension Wires
          • Ignition High Tension Wire Resistance Specifications
        • Ignition Timing
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting System
        • Starter
          • Starter Motor Service Applications
          • Starter Motor Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Torque
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Tools Required
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
        • A/C Compressor Shaft Seal Leak Detection with Dye
          • Notes
          • Service Ports
          • Evaporator Core
        • Halogen Leak Detector
        • A/C Compressor Shaft Seal Leak Detection with J-39400-A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • A/C System Pressure - Zone Classification
        • A/C Performance Table
        • A/C Performance Table - with Rear A/C
        • Air Conditioning - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning Diagnostic - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning Diagnostic - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning Diagnostic - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Auxiliary Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Tools Required
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining
          • Balancing
        • Compressor Replacement (LR4, LM7, and LQ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (L18)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Clutch Plate/Hub Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Mounting Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation (C60)
          • Tools Required
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Installation (C69)
          • Tools Required
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement (C60)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement (C69)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Expansion (Orifice) Tube Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Low Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Utility L18)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Utility LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Avalanche/Xlt L18)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (Avalanche/Xlt LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Utility L18)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Utility LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Avalanche/Xlt L18)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (Avalanche/Xlt LR4, LM7, LQ4)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Impeller Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Replacement - Rear Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Door Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Lower (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Door Replacement - Upper (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipe Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Upper)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Ducts Replacement - Auxiliary (Lower)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Auxiliary Air Conditioning (A/C) Outlet - Headliner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater and Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipe Repair - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Minimum Tube Length Required Table
          • Straight Line Repair
          • Line Sectioning Repair
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Primary HVAC)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Auxiliary HVAC)
        • Sensor Resistance Table - Auxiliary HVAC
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0159: Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0164: Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0169: Auxiliary Inside Air Temperature Sensor Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515: Air Temperature Parameter Counts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0183 or B0188: Sunload Sensor Signal Counts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0229, B0414, B0424, or B3770: Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0263, B0268, B0408, or B0418: Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0429 or B3531: Door Position Not Near Commanded Door Position
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0434 or B3764: Door Actuator Position Value Low
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: No Ignition Voltage On The Ignition 3 Voltage Input
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B3579 or B3584: Air Temperature Parameter Counts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530: A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/ Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/O D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/ D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Assembly Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
        • HVAC Control Components
          • HVAC Control Module
          • Auxiliary HVAC Control Module
          • RSA Control Module
          • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
          • Mode Actuator
          • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
          • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Auxiliary Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed - Front Control
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary
          • Air Distribution
          • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
          • Recirculation Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Rear Seat Audio Control Module
          • Air Temperature Actuator
          • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
          • Air Temperature Sensors
          • Sunload Sensor Assembly
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • A/C Low Pressure Switch
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
        • Heating and A/C Operation
        • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
        • Automatic Operation
        • Auxiliary Automatic Operation
        • Engine Coolant
        • A/C Cycle
        • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • HVAC Systems - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic System Check - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0263, B0408, or B0418: Actual Door Position Is Not Near The Commanded Door Position
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0414, B0424, or B3770: Actuator
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1375: No Ignition Voltage On The Ignition 3 Voltage Input
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0530: A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Signal
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Always On - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Inoperative - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot In Vehicle
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (With Heat and A/C)
          • Test Description
        • Too Hot in Vehicle - Auxiliary (A/C Only)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (With Heat and A/C)
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle - Auxiliary (A/C Only)
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Delivery Improper - Auxiliary
          • Test Description
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Notes
          • Preferred Method (w/ Scan Tool)
          • Alternate Method (w/o Scan Tool)
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (W/O D07)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (Delphi)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (Visteon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary (Front Overhead Control A/C Only)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Front Auxiliary (Front Overhead Control Heat and A/C)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement - Rear Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Control Processor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Switch Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Tahoe/Yukon)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement - Auxiliary (Suburban/Yukon XL)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Mode Actuator
            • Auxiliary Mode Actuator
          • Air Speed - Front Control
            • Notes
            • Low Blower Speed
            • Medium Blower Speeds
            • High Blower Speed
          • Air Speed - Auxiliary
            • Notes
            • Off Mode
          • Auxiliary Low Blower Speed
          • Auxiliary Medium Blower Speed
          • Auxiliary High Blower Speed
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Mode Actuator
            • Front Defrost
          • Air Distribution - Auxiliary Control
          • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Auxiliary HVAC Control Processor
            • Front Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Rear Auxiliary HVAC Control Assembly
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • Auxiliary Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • A/C Low Pressure Switch
          • Heating and A/C Operation
          • Auxiliary Heating and A/C Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
          • A/C Cycle with Auxiliary
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Description & Operation
      • Component Locations
      • System Operation Check
      • Air Bag Safety Precautions
      • Adjustments
        • Centering Sir Coil Assembly
          • With Centering Window & Service Lock
          • With Centering Window & No Service Lock
          • With Service Lock & No Centering Window
          • Without Centering Window Or Service Lock
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Disabling System
          • Notes
          • Zone 1
          • Zone 2
          • Zone 3
          • Zone 5
          • Zone 6
          • Zone 7
          • Zone 9
        • Activating System
          • Zone 1
          • Zone 2
          • Zone 3
          • Zone 5
          • Zone 6
          • Zone 7
          • Zone 9
      • Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • On-Vehicle Deployment
        • Off-Vehicle Deployment
      • Post-Collision Inspection
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Air Bag Modules
          • Removal & Installation (Driver-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Passenger-side)
          • Removal & Installation (Side Impact AIR Bag)
        • Electronic Frontal Sensor (EFS) (Side Impact Air Bag)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Instrument Panel Upper Trim Pad
          • Removal & Installation
        • Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Rear View Mirror
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Belt Retractor
          • Removal & Installation
        • Seat Position Switch (SPS)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sensing & Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Side Impact Sensor (Sis)
          • Removal & Installation
        • Sir Coil Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Steering Wheel
          • Removal & Installation
      • Diagnostics
        • Notes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC'S)
        • Scan Tool Diagnostics
        • Diagnostic Procedures
          • Notes
          • Perform SIR Diagnostic System Check
          • Refer To Proper Diagnostic Test
          • Repeat SIR Diagnostic System Check
        • Sir Diagnostic System Check
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Passenger Presence Flash Code Procedure
          • Circuit Description
          • Action Taken
          • Flash Code Procedure
        • Compass Calibration & Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
        • Passenger Presence System REZEROING Procedure
          • Notes
          • Rezeroing Procedure
        • Connector Identification
      • Diagnostic Tests
        • Air Bag Warning Light Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • Passenger Presence System (PPS) Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC 023: Passenger Seat Belt Tension Retractor Sensor Signal Voltage Low Or High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC 024: PPS Detects Low Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC 063: PPS Out Of Calibration
          • Circuit Description
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC 064: PPS Has Lost Communication With SDM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC 065: PPS Voltage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0012,B0013,B0014, B0016,B0017,B0018: Passenger-Side Air Bag Deployment Loop Stage 2 Resistance Low/Stage 2 Resistance High/Stage 2 Voltage High/Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage 1 Resistance High/Stage 1 Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042,B0043, B0044: Driver Deployment Loop Stage 1 Resistance Low/Stage1 Voltage High/Stage 1 Resistance High/Stage 2 Resistance Low/Stage 2 Voltage High/Stage 2 Resistance High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0028, B0029, B0030: Passenger Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/ Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0040, B0041, B0045: Driver Side Impact Air Bag Deployment Loop Resistance Low/Resistance High/Short To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0051: Deployment Commanded
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0053: Deployment Commanded With Loop Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0077,B0078,B0079, B0080,B0081,B0082: Driver-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Passenger-Side Sis Valid Identification Message Not Received/Driver-Side Sis Identification Error/Driver-Side Sis NOK Message/Passenger-Side Sis Identification Error/Passenger-Side Sis NOK Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0083, B0084: Driver Or Passenger SPS Circuit Amperage Out Of Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0092: Incorrect PPS Verification Identification
          • Circuit Description
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0098: Incorrect PPS Verification Identification
          • Circuit Description
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102,B0103,B0104, B0105: Driver-Side EFS Valid Identification Message Not Received/NOK Message/Incorrect Identification Message, Passenger-Side EFS Valid Identification Message Not Received/NOK Message/Incorrect Identification Message
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1000: SDM Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
        • DTC B1001: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions For Setting DTC
          • Action Taken
          • Conditions For Clearing DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Diagnostic Procedure
      • Wire Repair
      • Torque Specifications
      • Wiring Diagrams
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
          • Sebring Coupe/Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Disabling System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Aviator)
          • Activating System (Aviator)
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS)
          • Activating System (LS)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
          • Disabling System (ZX2)
          • Activating System (ZX2)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aviator, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250-550 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Thunderbird)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
          • Removal & Installation (ZX2)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Notes
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System (PPS)
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Disabling System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Activating System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille)
          • Activating System (DeVille)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, ION)
          • Activating System (Saturn, ION)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn VUE)
          • Activating System (Saturn VUE)
          • Disabling System (Seville)
          • Activating System (Seville)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
          • Sebring Coupe/Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Disabling System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Aviator)
          • Activating System (Aviator)
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS)
          • Activating System (LS)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
          • Disabling System (ZX2)
          • Activating System (ZX2)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aviator, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250-550 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Thunderbird)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
          • Removal & Installation (ZX2)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Notes
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System (PPS)
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Disabling System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Activating System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille)
          • Activating System (DeVille)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, ION)
          • Activating System (Saturn, ION)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn VUE)
          • Activating System (Saturn VUE)
          • Disabling System (Seville)
          • Activating System (Seville)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Center Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Center Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade/Suburban)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 1 Rear (Avalanche/Escalade EXT)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (60/40 Split - 50/50 Split)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - No. 2 Rear (Bench)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System Operation
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • CHRYSLER
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe
          • Sebring Coupe/Stratus Coupe
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Except Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Disabling System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
          • Activating System (Sebring Coupe & Stratus Coupe)
      • Ford Motor Co.
        • System Operation Check
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System (Aviator)
          • Activating System (Aviator)
          • Disabling System (Blackwood)
          • Activating System (Blackwood)
          • Disabling System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Activating System (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Disabling System (Econoline)
          • Activating System (Econoline)
          • Disabling System (Escape)
          • Activating System (Escape)
          • Disabling System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Activating System (Excursion & F250-550 Super Duty)
          • Disabling System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Activating System (Expedition & Navigator)
          • Disabling System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Activating System (Explorer & Mountaineer)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport)
          • Disabling System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Activating System (Explorer Sport Trac)
          • Disabling System (Focus)
          • Activating System (Focus)
          • Disabling System (F150)
          • Activating System (F150)
          • Disabling System (LS)
          • Activating System (LS)
          • Disabling System (Mustang)
          • Activating System (Mustang)
          • Disabling System (Ranger)
          • Activating System (Ranger)
          • Disabling System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Activating System (Sable & Taurus)
          • Disabling System (Thunderbird)
          • Activating System (Thunderbird)
          • Disabling System (Town Car)
          • Activating System (Town Car)
          • Disabling System (Windstar)
          • Activating System (Windstar)
          • Disabling System (ZX2)
          • Activating System (ZX2)
        • Air Bag Simulator
        • Driver Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Aviator, Econoline, Excursion, Expedition, Explorer, Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac, F150, F250-550 Super Duty, Mountaineer & Navigator)
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Focus, LS, Mustang, Ranger, Thunderbird, Town Car & ZX2)
        • Passenger Air Bag Module
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation (Crown Victoria, Grand Marquis & Marauder)
          • Removal & Installation (Explorer Sport, Explorer Sport Trac & Ranger)
          • Removal & Installation (Sable & Taurus)
          • Removal & Installation (Thunderbird)
          • Removal & Installation (Town Car)
          • Removal & Installation (ZX2)
        • Torque Specifications
      • General Motors
        • Notes
        • System Operation Check
          • Notes
          • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
          • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System (PPS)
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint (SIR) Disabling & Enabling Zones
          • Disabling System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Activating System (Alero, Grand Am & Malibu)
          • Disabling System (Astro & Safari)
          • Activating System (Astro & Safari)
          • Disabling System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Activating System (Aurora, Bonneville, LeSabre & Park Avenue)
          • Disabling System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Activating System (Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade EXT, Sierra, Silverado, Suburban, Tahoe, Yukon & Yukon XL)
          • Disabling System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Activating System (Aztek & Rendezvous)
          • Disabling System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Activating System (Blazer, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & Sonoma)
          • Disabling System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Activating System (Bravada, Envoy, Envoy XL, TrailBlazer & TrailBlazer EXT)
          • Disabling System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Activating System (Cavalier & Sunfire)
          • Disabling System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Activating System (Century, Grand Prix & Regal)
          • Disabling System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Activating System (Chevy Express & Savana)
          • Disabling System (Corvette)
          • Activating System (Corvette)
          • Disabling System (DeVille)
          • Activating System (DeVille)
          • Disabling System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Activating System (Impala & Monte Carlo)
          • Disabling System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Activating System (Montana, Silhouette & Venture)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, ION)
          • Activating System (Saturn, ION)
          • Disabling System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Activating System (Saturn, L Series)
          • Disabling System (Saturn VUE)
          • Activating System (Saturn VUE)
          • Disabling System (Seville)
          • Activating System (Seville)
          • Disabling System (Tracker)
          • Activating System (Tracker)
      • Jeep
        • System Operation Check
          • Grand Cherokee, Liberty & Wrangler
        • Service Precautions
        • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Rear Wheel Steering System
      • Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Wheel Steering Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Wheel Steering Component Views
        • Rear Wheel Steering Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Wheel Steering
        • Diagnostic System Check - Rear Wheel Steering
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B3593: Mode Select Switch 5-Volt Reference Circuit Is Open, Shorted To Ground Or Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0000: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Lateral Accelerometer Operating Parameters
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Yaw Rate Sensor - Voltage
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253: EBCM Control Valve Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor - Digital Signal
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor- Analog Signal
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0455: Steering Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction (VES)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor - Digital Signal
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0472: Steering Position and Rate of Change Sensor Circuit Low; C0473: Steering Position and Rate of Change Sensor Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0522: Position "A" Or "B" Signal Circuit On Rear Position Sensor Out-Of-Range
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0527: Rear Wheel Steering Control Module
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0532: Rear Wheel Position Sensor Signals Have Invalid Values
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0533: Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0538: Rear Wheel Steering Gear Motor Does Not Respond To Current Inputs Properly
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0543: Rear Actuator Does Not Achieve Desired Position
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Rear Wheel Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • One or Multiple Rear Wheel Steering Mode Switch Indicators Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • One or Multiple Rear Wheel Steering Mode Switch Indicators Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Wheel Steering Mode Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Tie Rod End Replacement - Outer
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Tie Rod End Replacement - Inner
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Actuator Boot Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Motor Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Actuator and Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub and Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Special Tools
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Wheel Steering Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Gear Protection Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Wheel Steering Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (670 Gear)
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (700 Gear)
        • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (Regular)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering System Noise (Without Hydraulic Brake Booster)
        • Power Steering System Noise (With Hydraulic Brake Booster)
        • Steering Effort Hard
        • Steering Effort Too Easy
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Tools Required
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (Without Hydroboost)
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (With Hydroboost)
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L and 6.0L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (8.1L)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement- Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Outlet Hose Replacement (Recirculating Ball)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (670 Gear)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (670 Gear)
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (700 Gear)
      • Power Steering Pump Disassembled View (Regular)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering System Noise (Without Hydraulic Brake Booster)
      • Power Steering System Noise (With Hydraulic Brake Booster)
      • Steering Effort Hard
      • Steering Effort Too Easy
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Tools Required
      • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (Without Hydroboost)
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid (With Hydroboost)
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (4.8L, 5.3L and 6.0L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (8.1L)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Replacement- Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Flow Control Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (Regular)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (With Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet Hose Replacement (Without Hydroboost)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Outlet Hose Replacement (Recirculating Ball)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Brake Booster Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Worm Thrust Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
      • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
      • Pitman Shaft Over-Center Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
      • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Pitman Shaft and Housing Cover Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Housing End Plug Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Rack Piston and Worm Shaft Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (670 Gear)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Pitman Shaft Seals and Bearing Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Check Valve Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Stub Shaft Housing Replacement (670 Gear)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Thrust Support Replacement - Off Vehicle (700 Gear)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Column Shift Standard)
      • Steering Column Disassembled View (Floor Shift Standard)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks In Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed In Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise In Steering Column
      • High Shift Effort
      • Looseness In Steering Column
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Floor Shift)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement (Column Shift)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement (With Tow/Haul Switch)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Shift Lever Replacement (Without Tow/Haul Switch)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Linear Shift Assembly Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Lever Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Horn Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Tilt)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Housing Replacement (Standard)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Thrust Washer
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Lean Shaft)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Column Shift Standard)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement (Floor Shift Standard)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Steering Linkage (Non-Rack & Pinion)
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Steering Linkage Inspection
      • Tie Rod Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Idler Arm Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Relay Rod Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Damper Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Pitman Arm Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Linkage Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Damping
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point-Electronic Suspension Control
        • Diagnostic System Check-Electronic Suspension Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Data Display
          • Cycle Outputs
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0455: Steering Position Sensor Circuit Malfunction (VES)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Steering Wheel Position Sensor - Digital Signal
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0575, C0580, C0585, C0590: Suspension Damper Solenoid
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0615: Left Front Position Sensor Malfunction, C0620: Right Front Position Sensor Malfunction, C0625: Left Rear Position Sensor Malfunction, C0630: Right Rear Position Sensor Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0690: Damper Control Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870: Device Voltage Reference Output 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms-Electronic Suspension Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Service Ride Control Indicator Always On
        • Service Ride Control Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement (Tahoe/Yukon/Escalade)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement (Escalade EXT)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement-Electronic Suspension (15 series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement-Electronic Suspension (25 series 2WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement-Electronic Suspension (25 series 4WD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Link Assembly Replacement-Electronic Suspension
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Link Assembly Replacement-Electronic Suspension
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement-Electronic Suspension-Left (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement-Electronic Suspension-Left (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement-Electronic Suspension-Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Suspension Control Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Module
          • Position Sensors
          • Shock Absorbers
          • Vehicle Speed
          • Warning Message
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Leveling
      • Specifications
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Component Views
        • Automatic Level Control Suspension Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Level Control
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Level Control
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0655: Level Control Compressor Relay Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0660: Level Control Exhaust Valve Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0711: Suspension Control Module Detects Improper Signal Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Level Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Motor Always On
        • Automatic Level Control Compressor Motor Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Level Control Air Dryer and Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Line Tubing Repair
        • Air Compressor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Level Control Description and Operation
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (Coil Spring Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Ball Joint Replacement (Torsion Bar Suspension)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (Coil Spring Suspension)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement (Torsion Bar Suspension)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (RWD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Hub, Bearing, and Seal Replacement (4WD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torsion Bar Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description (Torsion Bar)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise - Front Suspension
        • Noise - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearing
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement (15/25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement (15/25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (15 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (25 Series)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bushing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Leaf Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Shackle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spring Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Track Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans Or Sways In Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise - Front Suspension
        • Noise - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Struts Or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearing
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment (With Rear Wheel Steering)
          • Learn Wheel Alignment
          • Alignment Procedure
          • Learn Wheel Alignment Procedure
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment (Without Rear Wheel Steering)
        • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Setback Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
          • Notes
          • Installation
        • Tire Hoist and Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
        • Steel Wheel Repair Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Overhaul & Testing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Gear Ratios
      • Description & Operation
      • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Cable Re-Adjustment
      • Lubrication
      • Trouble Shooting
      • Component Tests
        • Torque Converter
          • Inspection
          • Torque Converter End Play Check
      • Transmission Disassembly
        • Converter Housing
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly
        • Extension Housing
        • Valve Body, 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulators
        • Oil Pump, Input Clutch & Reverse Clutch
        • 2-4 Band, Input Gear Set & Reaction Gear Set
        • Low-Reverse Clutch
        • Inner Manual Shaft Linkage
        • 3RD Accumulator Retainer & Ball Assembly
      • Component Disassembly & Reassembly
        • Oil Pump
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Reverse Input Clutch & Forward Clutch
          • Disassembly
          • Reassembly
        • Forward Clutch Sprag
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Low-Reverse Support
          • Notes
          • Disassembly & Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • 2-4 Servo Assembly
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Valve Body
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Inspection
          • Reassembly
        • Transmission Case
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Reaction & Input Gear Sets, Low-Reverse Clutch & Support
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Miscellaneous Case Components
          • Cleaning & Inspection
      • Transmission Reassembly
        • Notes
        • Low-Reverse Clutch
        • Reaction & Input Gear Sets
        • Reverse Input Assembly & Input Clutch
        • Oil Pump Assembly
        • 2-4 Band & Servo Assembly
        • Transmission End Play Check
        • Valve Body, 1-2 & 3-4 Accumulators
        • Extension Housing
      • Torque Specifications
      • Transmission Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Removal & Installation
      • Application
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Transmission
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transmission Mount
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E - Servicing
      • Application
      • Identification
        • Oil Pan Gasket
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Level & Condition
          • Checking Fluid Level
          • Checking Fluid Condition
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
          • Draining & Cleaning
          • Refilling & Inspecting
        • Oil Cooler Flushing & Flow Check
          • Notes
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-Up
      • On-Vehicle Repairs
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
        • Shift Cable
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Accumulator Assembly
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Auxiliary Oil Cooler
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Control & Shift Solenoids
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Assembly
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Filler Tube & Seal
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Lines
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Oil Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Pressure Regulator
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable Bracket
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Shift Cable
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • TCC Solenoid, TCC PWM Solenoid & Wiring Harness
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Valve Body & Pressure Switch
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
    • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specification
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • Transmission General Specification
        • Fluid Capacity Specification
        • Range Reference Specification
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio Specification
        • Torque Converter End Play Specification
        • Shift Speed Specification
        • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch Logic Specification
        • Transmission Range Switch Logic Specification
        • Line Pressure Specification
        • Component Resistance Specification
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission In-line 20-Way (C175) Connector End View
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
          • Notes
          • Symptoms
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data List
        • Transmission Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC P0218: TFT High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0502: Low Vehicle Speed With High Engine Speed
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0503: Output Speed Drop High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0706: Start-Up In A Drive Range, Or Vehicle Speed In PARK Or NEUTRAL Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711: Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712: Short To Ground In TFT Signal Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713: TFT Sensor Signal Voltage High
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0719: Open Brake Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0724: Closed Brake Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0740: Open, Short To Ground Or Short To Power In The Tcc Solenoid Valve Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741: High TCC Slip Speed
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742: Low TCC Slip
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0748: Open Or Short In The Pc Solenoid Valve Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751: Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752: Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0753: Open, Short To Ground Or Short To Power In The 1-2 SS Valve Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756: Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757: Gear Ratio
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0758: Open, Short To Ground Or Short To Power In The 2-3 SS Valve Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0785: Open, Short To Ground Or Short To Power In The 3-2 SS Valve Assembly Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0894: Excessive TCC Slip
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1810: Invalid State Of The TFP Manual Valve Position Switch Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1860: Open, Short To Ground Or Short To Power In The TCC PWM Solenoid Valve Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1875: Open, Short To Ground Or Short To Power In The 4WD Low Circuit
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
          • Automatic Transmission Table
        • Range Selector Displays Incorrect Range
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Tow/Haul Switch/Indicator Always On or Inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
            • Notes
            • Manual 4-3 Downshift
            • Manual 4-2 Downshift
            • Manual 4-1 Downshift
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
            • Notes
            • Reverse
            • Manual First
            • Manual Second
            • Manual Third
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
        • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Notes
          • Gaskets
          • Seals
        • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
          • Transmission Oil Pan
          • Case Leak
          • Leak at the Torque Converter End
          • Leak at the Vent Pipe or the Fluid Fill Tube
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
          • Notes
          • Leak Test Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J 35944-A)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Transmission Overheats
        • Oil Pressure High Or Low
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • First Gear Range Only - No Upshift
        • Slips In First Gear
        • Slipping Or Harsh 1 - 2 Shift
        • No 2 - 3 Shift Or 2 - 3 Shift Slips, Rough Or Hunting
        • Second/Third Gear Only Or First/Fourth Gears Only
        • No First Or Second Gear/No Third Or Fourth Gear
        • No Second Gear, No Fourth Gear, And No Reverse Gear
        • Third Gear Only
        • 3 - 2 Flare Or Tie-Up
        • No 3 - 4 Shift, Slips Or Rough 3 - 4 Shift
        • No Reverse Or Slips In Reverse
        • No Part Throttle Or Delayed Downshifts
        • Harsh Garage Shift
        • No Overrun Braking - Manual 3-2-1
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply (300 RPM Slip)
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Shudder
        • No Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Release
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip - 100 RPM Slip
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Slip With Stall/Stumble
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Intermittent - OK Cold/Slips Hot
        • No Fourth Gear, Or Slips In Fourth Gear
        • Slip/Flare In Any Gear
        • No Third Gear
        • Drives in Neutral
        • Second Gear Start
        • No Park
        • Oil Out Vent
        • Vibration In Reverse And Whining Noise In Park
        • Retouching Noise
        • Popping Noise
        • Whine Noise Varying With RPM Or Fluid Pressure
        • Buzz Noise Or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Noise In Random Ranges
        • No Drive In All Ranges
        • No Drive In Drive Range
        • Shift Lever Indicates Wrong Gear
        • No Gear Selection
        • Automatic Transmission - 4L60-E/4L65-E (Service & Replacement)
        • Delay In Drive And Reverse
        • Lack Of Power Or Hesitation
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Automatic Transmission Range Selector Cable Adjustment
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Neutral Position Switch Adjustment
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Oil Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Auxiliary Cooler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-4 Servo
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manual Shift Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Body and Pressure Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control and Shift Solenoids Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid, TCC Solenoid, and Wiring Harness
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accumulator Assembly, Spacer Plate, and Gaskets
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Extension Housing Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Extension Housing Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transmission General Information
          • How to Use This Section
          • Basic Knowledge
          • Diagnosis
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Clearing Transmission Adaptive Pressure (TAP)
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • 1-2 and 2-3 Shift Solenoid Valves
          • 3-2 Shift Solenoid Valve Assembly
          • Transmission Pressure Control Solenoid
          • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation Solenoid Valve
          • Transmission Fluid Pressure (TFP) Manual Valve Position Switch
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Assembly
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor
          • Transmission Range Switch
          • Tow/Haul Mode Switch
        • Automatic Transmission In-line 20-Way Connector Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Automatic Transmission - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Shift Interlock System
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Shift Lock Control Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move With Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved Without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Automatic Transmission - Hydraulic Diagrams - 4L60-E/4L65-E
    • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
  • Transfer Case
    • Transfer Case - BW 4481-Nr3
      • Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Transfer Case Popping Noise Symptom
        • Transfer Case Whine Or Rumble Noise Symptom
        • Transfer Case Growl Or Grinding Noise Symptom
        • Transfer Case Shudder Or Binding Symptom
        • Transfer Case Clunk During Acceleration And Deceleration Symptom
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - BW 4481-Nr3 (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Differential Components
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Input Shaft
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Rear Output Shaft
        • Transfer Case Assemble
          • Tools Required
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - NVG 149-NP (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Oil Pump
          • Rear Output Shaft
          • Mainshaft
          • Differential Planetary Carrier
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Input Gear
          • Viscous Coupling
          • Sun Gear and Annulus Gear
        • Transfer Case Assemble
          • Tools Required
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - NVG 236/246-NP8
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Component Locator
        • Transfer Case Control Component Views
        • Transfer Case Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Transfer Case
        • Diagnostic System Check - Transfer Case
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC B0790: Neutral Indicator Control Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2725: Range/Mode Switch Signal Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0300: Open, Short To Ground, Short To Voltage Or Faulty Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0305: Open, Short To Ground, Short To Voltage Or Faulty Sensor
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0306: Motor Circuit Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0321: Open Lock Solenoid Coil, Open Motor Lock Control Circuit, Or Open Motor Lock Feed Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0327: Encoder Signal Feed Back Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0359: 4WD LO Output Circuit Voltage High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0374: Unable To Correct Sensed Wheel Slip
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0379: Front Axle Switch Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: Checksum Test Indicating Invalid Data
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Transfer Case
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Front Axle Will Not Engage
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Front Axle Will Not Disengage
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • No Correction for Slip in AWD Mode
          • Test Description
        • Service Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Service Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Always On - Two or More
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Flashes, then Returns to Previous Mode
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicators Flash Continuously 15 Seconds or More
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Indicator Inoperative - One or More
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Transfer Case Popping Noise
        • Transfer Case Whine or Rumble Noise
        • Transfer Case Growl or Grinding Noise
        • Transfer Case Grating Noise
        • Transfer Case Clunk in 2HI Only
        • Transfer Case Clunk in 4HI
        • Transfer Case Clunk in 4LO
        • Transfer Case Clunk during Acceleration and Deceleration
        • Transfer Case Shudder or Binding
        • Transfer Case Will Not Shift
        • Transfer Case Jumps Out of Gear
        • Transfer Case Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Fluid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Encoder Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Left Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Speed Sensor Replacement - Right Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Output Shaft Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Input Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Shift Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transfer Case Control Module Reprogramming
          • Set-up for Module Programming/Reprogramming
          • Remote Programming Feature
          • Programming Using Scan Tool Pass-Through Connection
      • Description and Operation
        • Transfer Case Description and Operation
          • General Operation
        • 2WD Power Flow
        • 4HI and AWD Power Flow
        • 4LO Power Flow
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - NVG 246-NP8 (Unit Repair)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fluid Specifications
      • Visual Identification
        • Transfer Case Disassembled View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transfer Case Disassemble
          • Tools Required
        • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Front Case Half
          • Rear Case Half
          • Oil Pump
          • Rear Output Shaft
          • Clutch Components
          • High/Low Planetary Carrier
          • Drive Chain and Sprockets
          • Front Output Shaft
          • Input Gear
          • Shift System Components
        • Transfer Case Assemble
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
      • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Transfer Case - Servicing
      • Application
      • Lubrication
        • Service Intervals
        • Checking Fluid Levels
        • Recommended Fluids
        • Fluid Capacities
        • Draining & Refilling
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Encoder Motor (NVG 246)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Front, Left Rear & Right Rear Speed Sensors (NVG 246)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Shaft Seal (Front)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Output Shaft Seal (Rear)
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Speed Sensor (BW 4481 & BW 4482)
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Transfer Case Shield
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
• External Pages